Document:

Indenture

 Exhibit 4.1 

 
  
 RADIOSHACK CORPORATION 
 AND 

WELLS FARGO BANK, 

NATIONAL ASSOCIATION 
 AS TRUSTEE 
 6.750% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2019 

 
  

INDENTURE 
 Dated
as of May 3, 2011 
  
  

 
  

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 
  

 

					
	 	  	PAGE	 
		
	ARTICLE 1	  			
	DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE	  			
		
	 Section 1.01. Definitions.
	  	 	1	  
	 Section 1.02. Other Definitions.
	  	 	38	  
	 Section 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act
	  	 	40	  
	 Section 1.04. Rules of Construction
	  	 	40	  
		
	ARTICLE 2	  			
	THE NOTES	  			
		
	 Section 2.01. Form, Dating and Terms
	  	 	41	  
	 Section 2.02. Execution and Authentication
	  	 	50	  
	 Section 2.03. Registrar and Paying Agent
	  	 	51	  
	 Section 2.04. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust
	  	 	52	  
	 Section 2.05. Holder Lists
	  	 	53	  
	 Section 2.06. Transfer and Exchange
	  	 	53	  
	 Section 2.07. Form of Certificate to be Delivered in Connection With Transfers to Institutional Accredited
Investors.
	  	 	58	  
	 Section 2.08. Form of Certificate to be Delivered in Connection With Transfers Pursuant to Regulation
S.
	  	 	60	  
	 Section 2.09. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes
	  	 	62	  
	 Section 2.10. Outstanding Notes
	  	 	63	  
	 Section 2.11. Temporary Notes
	  	 	63	  
	 Section 2.12. Cancellation
	  	 	64	  
	 Section 2.13. Payment of Interest; Defaulted Interest
	  	 	64	  
	 Section 2.14. CUSIP, Common Code And ISIN Numbers
	  	 	66	  
		
	ARTICLE 3	  			
	COVENANTS	  			
		
	 Section 3.01. Payment of Notes
	  	 	66	  
	 Section 3.02. Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred
Stock
	  	 	66	  
	 Section 3.03. Limitation on Restricted Payments
	  	 	74	  
	 Section 3.04. Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries
	  	 	81	  
	 Section 3.05. Limitation on Asset Sales
	  	 	84	  
	 Section 3.06. Limitation on Liens
	  	 	87	  

  
 i 

					
	 Section 3.07. Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries
	  	 	88	  
	 Section 3.08. Transactions with Affiliates
	  	 	89	  
	 Section 3.09. Change of Control
	  	 	91	  
	 Section 3.10. Reports and Other Information
	  	 	94	  
	 Section 3.11. Maintenance of Office or Agency
	  	 	96	  
	 Section 3.12. Corporate Existence
	  	 	96	  
	 Section 3.13. Payment of Taxes
	  	 	97	  
	 Section 3.14. Payments for Consent
	  	 	97	  
	 Section 3.15. Compliance Certificate
	  	 	97	  
	 Section 3.16. Further Instruments and Acts
	  	 	97	  
	 Section 3.17. Limitation on Lines of Business
	  	 	97	  
	 Section 3.18. Statement by Officers as to Default
	  	 	97	  
	 Section 3.19. Suspension of Certain Covenants
	  	 	98	  
	 Section 3.20. Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws
	  	 	99	  
		
	ARTICLE 4	  			
	SUCCESSOR COMPANY	  			
		
	 Section 4.01. Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets
	  	 	99	  
		
	ARTICLE 5	  			
	REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES	  			
		
	 Section 5.01. Notices to Trustee
	  	 	101	  
	 Section 5.02. Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased
	  	 	102	  
	 Section 5.03. Notice of Redemption
	  	 	102	  
	 Section 5.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption
	  	 	103	  
	 Section 5.05. Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price
	  	 	103	  
	 Section 5.06. Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part
	  	 	104	  
	 Section 5.07. Optional Redemption
	  	 	104	  
	 Section 5.08. Mandatory Redemption
	  	 	105	  
		
	ARTICLE 6	  			
	DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES	  			
		
	 Section 6.01. Events of Default
	  	 	105	  
	 Section 6.02. Acceleration
	  	 	107	  
	 Section 6.03. Other Remedies
	  	 	108	  
	 Section 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults
	  	 	109	  
	 Section 6.05. Control by Majority
	  	 	109	  
	 Section 6.06. Limitation on Suits
	  	 	109	  
	 Section 6.07. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment
	  	 	110	  
	 Section 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee
	  	 	110	  

  
 ii 

					
	 Section 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
	  	 	110	  
	 Section 6.10. Priorities
	  	 	111	  
	 Section 6.11. Undertaking for Costs
	  	 	111	  
		
	ARTICLE 7	  			
	TRUSTEE	  			
		
	 Section 7.01. Duties of Trustee
	  	 	111	  
	 Section 7.02. Rights of Trustee
	  	 	113	  
	 Section 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee
	  	 	115	  
	 Section 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer
	  	 	115	  
	 Section 7.05. Notice of Defaults
	  	 	115	  
	 Section 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders
	  	 	115	  
	 Section 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity
	  	 	116	  
	 Section 7.08. Replacement of Trustee
	  	 	117	  
	 Section 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger
	  	 	118	  
	 Section 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification
	  	 	118	  
	 Section 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer
	  	 	118	  
	 Section 7.12. Trustee’s Application for Instruction from the Issuer
	  	 	118	  
		
	ARTICLE 8	  			
	LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE	  			
		
	 Section 8.01. Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance; Defeasance
	  	 	119	  
	 Section 8.02. Legal Defeasance and Discharge
	  	 	119	  
	 Section 8.03. Covenant Defeasance
	  	 	120	  
	 Section 8.04. Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance
	  	 	120	  
	 Section 8.05. Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous
Provisions
	  	 	122	  
	 Section 8.06. Repayment to the Issuer
	  	 	123	  
	 Section 8.07. Reinstatement
	  	 	123	  
		
	ARTICLE 9	  			
	AMENDMENTS	  			
		
	 Section 9.01. Without Consent of Holders
	  	 	123	  
	 Section 9.02. With Consent of Holders
	  	 	125	  
	 Section 9.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act
	  	 	127	  
	 Section 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers
	  	 	127	  
	 Section 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes
	  	 	128	  
	 Section 9.06. Trustee to Sign Amendments
	  	 	128	  

  
 iii

					
	ARTICLE 10	  			
	GUARANTEE	  			
		
	 Section 10.01. Guarantee
	  	 	128	  
	 Section 10.02. Limitation on Liability; Termination, Release and Discharge
	  	 	131	  
	 Section 10.03. Right of Contribution
	  	 	133	  
	 Section 10.04. No Subrogation
	  	 	133	  
		
	ARTICLE 11	  			
	SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE	  			
		
	 Section 11.01. Satisfaction and Discharge
	  	 	134	  
	 Section 11.02. Application of Trust Money
	  	 	135	  
		
	ARTICLE 12	  			
	MISCELLANEOUS	  			
		
	 Section 12.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls
	  	 	135	  
	 Section 12.02. Notices
	  	 	136	  
	 Section 12.03. Communication by Holders with other Holders
	  	 	137	  
	 Section 12.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
	  	 	137	  
	 Section 12.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
	  	 	137	  
	 Section 12.06. When Notes Disregarded
	  	 	138	  
	 Section 12.07. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar
	  	 	138	  
	 Section 12.08. Legal Holidays
	  	 	138	  
	 Section 12.09. Governing Law
	  	 	138	  
	 Section 12.10. USA Patriot Act
	  	 	139	  
	 Section 12.11. No Recourse Against Others
	  	 	139	  
	 Section 12.12. Successors
	  	 	139	  
	 Section 12.13. Multiple Originals
	  	 	139	  
	 Section 12.14. Qualification of Indenture
	  	 	139	  
	 Section 12.15. Table of Contents; Headings
	  	 	139	  
	 Section 12.16. Waivers of Jury Trial
	  	 	140	  
	 Section 12.17. Force Majeure
	  	 	140	  

  

			
	 EXHIBIT A
	  	Form of Series A Note
	 EXHIBIT B
	  	Form of Series B Note
	 EXHIBIT C
	  	Form of Indenture Supplement to Add Future Subsidiary Guarantors

  
 iv 

 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE 

 

			
	 TIA Section
	  	Indenture
Section
	 310(a)(1)
	  	7.10
	 (a)(2)
	  	7.10
	 (a)(3)
	  	N.A.
	 (a)(4)
	  	N.A.
	 (a)(5)
	  	7.10
	 (b)
	  	7.03; 7.08; 7.10
	 (c)
	  	7.10
	 311(a)
	  	7.11
	 (b)
	  	7.11
	 (c)
	  	N.A.
	 312(a)
	  	2.05
	 (b)
	  	12.03
	 (c)
	  	12.03
	 313(a)
	  	7.06
	 (b)(1)
	  	7.06
	 (b)(2)
	  	7.06
	 (c)
	  	7.06
	 (d)
	  	7.06
	 314(a)
	  	3.10; 3.15; 12.05
	 (b)
	  	N.A.
	 (c)(1)
	  	12.04
	 (c)(2)
	  	12.04
	 (c)(3)
	  	N.A.
	 (d)
	  	N.A.
	 (e)
	  	12.05
	 315(a)
	  	7.01
	 (b)
	  	7.05; 12.02
	 (c)
	  	7.01
	 (d)
	  	7.01
	 (e)
	  	6.11
	 316(a)(last sentence)
	  	12.06
	 (a)(1)(A)
	  	6.05
	 (a)(1)(B)
	  	6.04
	 (a)(2)
	  	N.A.
	 (b)
	  	6.07
	 (c)
	  	6.05
	 317(a)(1)
	  	6.08
	 (a)(2)
	  	6.09
	 (b)
	  	2.04
	 318(a)
	  	12.01

  
 v 

 N.A. means Not Applicable. 

Note: This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of this Indenture. 

  
 vi 

 INDENTURE dated as of May 3, 2011, among RADIOSHACK CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation
(the “Issuer”), the Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined herein) party hereto from time to time and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (the “Trustee”), as Trustee. 

Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of (i) the
Issuer’s 6.750% Senior Unsecured Notes, Series A, due 2019, issued on the date hereof (the “Initial Notes”), (ii) if and when issued, an unlimited principal amount of additional 6.750% Senior Unsecured Notes, Series A, due
2019 in a non-registered offering or 6.750% Senior Unsecured Notes, Series B, due 2019 in a registered offering that may be offered from time to time subsequent to the Issue Date, in each case subject to Section 2.01 (the “Additional
Notes”) as provided in Section 2.01(a) and (iii) if and when issued, the Issuer’s 6.750% Senior Unsecured Notes, Series B, due 2019 that may be issued from time to time in exchange for Initial Notes or any Additional Notes in
an offer registered under the Securities Act as provided in the Registration Rights Agreement, as hereinafter defined, (the “Exchange Notes” and, together with the Initial Notes and Additional Notes, the “Notes”):

 ARTICLE 1 
 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 
 Section 1.01. Definitions. 
 “ABL Credit Facility”
means the Credit Agreement dated as of January 4, 2011 by and among the Issuer, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder and Bank of America, N.A., as the administrative agent and collateral agent, including any
notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements, refundings or refinancings thereof and any indentures or credit
facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement,
refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount borrowable thereunder or alters the maturity thereof (provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under Section 3.02). 

“Acquired Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, 

(a) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of
such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation 

 
of, such other Person merging with or into or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person; and 
 (b) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person. 
 “Additional Interest” means all additional interest then owing pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. All references in this Indenture, in any context, to any interest or other
amount payable on or with respect to the Notes shall be deemed to include any Additional Interest required to be paid pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For
purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any
Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise. 

“Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any Redemption Date, the greater of: 

(a) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note; and 
 (b) the excess, if any, of: (i) the present value at such Redemption Date of (A) 100% of such Note at May 15, 2019 plus (B) all required interest payments due on such Note through
May 15, 2019 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points; over (ii) the principal amount of such Note.

 The Company will calculate the Applicable Premium and prior to such redemption date file with the Trustee an Officers’
Certificate setting forth the Applicable Premium and showing the calculation of each in reasonable detail. 
 “Asset
Sale” means: 
 (a) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of
related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction) of the Issuer (other than Equity Interests of the Issuer) or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (each referred to in this definition as a
“disposition”); or 

  
 2 

 (b) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than
Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries issued in compliance with Section 3.02 or directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals as required under applicable law), whether in a single transaction or a series of
related transactions, in each case, other than: 
 (i) any disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or
obsolete or worn out equipment in the ordinary course of business or any disposition of inventory or goods (or other assets) held for sale or no longer used in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 (ii) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer in a manner permitted pursuant to
Section 4.01 or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to the Indenture; 
 (iii) the making of any
Restricted Payment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under Section 3.03 and the making of any Permitted Investments; 
 (iv) any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of transactions with an aggregate fair market value of less than $5.0
million; 
 (v) any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer to the
Issuer or by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer to another Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer; 
 (vi) to the
extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 or any successor provision, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business; 

(vii) the lease, assignment, sub-lease, license or sublicense of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

 (viii) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 (ix) foreclosures, condemnation or any similar action on assets; 

(x) any disposition of Securitization Assets, or participations therein, in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing, or
the disposition of an account receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof in the ordinary course of business; 
 (xi) sale or discount of inventory in the ordinary course of business; 

  
 3 

 (xii) the licensing or sub licensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles
in the ordinary course of business, other than the licensing of intellectual property on a long-term basis; 
 (xiii) the
unwinding of any Hedging Obligations; 
 (xiv) the granting of a Lien that is permitted by Section 3.06; 

(xv) the sale or issuance by a Restricted Subsidiary of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock that is permitted by Section 3.02;

 (xvi) any financing transaction with respect to property constructed, acquired, replaced, repaired or improved (including any
reconstruction, refurbishment, renovation and/or development of real property) by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, including Sale and Lease-Back Transactions and asset securitizations, permitted by the Indenture; and

 (xiv) any surrender or waiver of contractual rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contractual rights or other
litigation claims in the ordinary course of business. 
 “Bankruptcy Code” means Title 11 of the United States
Code, as amended. 
 “Bankruptcy Law” means the Bankruptcy Code and any similar federal, state or foreign law
for the relief of debtors. 
 “Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an
Assistant Secretary of a Person to have been duly adopted by the board of directors of such Person (or a duly authorized committee or designee thereof) and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the
Trustee. 
 “Borrowing Base Amount” means, as to Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as of any date, the
sum of (without duplication) (a) 80.0% of the face amount of wireless receivables of the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors; (b) 82.5% of the book value of all inventory owned by the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors; (c) 85.0%
of trade receivables (other than wireless receivables and credit card receivables) of the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors and (d) 90.0% of the credit card receivables of the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors, in each case, calculated on
a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP (and excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any such assets that are subject of a Qualified Securitization Transaction). In the event that information with respect to any element of the Borrowing Base
Amount is not 

  
 4 

 
available as of any date, then the most recently available information will be utilized. 
 “Business Day” means each day which is not a Legal Holiday. 

“Capital Stock” means: 
 (a) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock; 
 (b) in the case of an
association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock; 
 (c) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and 

(d) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or
distributions of assets of, the issuing Person. 
 “Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, at the time any
determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with
GAAP. 
 “Cash Equivalents” means: 

(a) United States dollars or Canadian dollars; 

(b)(i) euro, or any national currency of any participating member state of the EMU; or (ii) any other foreign
currency held by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; 
 (c) securities
issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government
with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition; 
 (d) certificates of deposit, time deposits
and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and
surplus of not less than $500.0 million in the case of U.S. banks and $100.0 million (or the U.S. dollar equivalent as of the date of 

  
 5 

 
determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks, and in each case in a currency permitted under clause (a) or (b) above; 

(e) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (c) and (d) entered into
with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (e) above, and in each case in a currency permitted under clause (a) or (b) above; 

(f) commercial paper rated at least P-2 by Moody’s or at least A-2 by S&P and in each case maturing within 24
months after the date of creation thereof, and in each case in a currency permitted under clause (a) or (b) above; 
 (g) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P
shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof and in a currency permitted under clause (a) or (b) above; 

(h) investment funds investing 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (a) through
(g) above; 
 (i) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of
the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition; and 

(j) Investments with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA-
(or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s and in each case in a currency permitted under clause (a) or (b) above. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (a) and
(b) above, provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clauses (a) and (b) as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten Business Days following the receipt of such amounts. 

“Cash Management Services” means any of the following to the extent not constituting a line of credit (other than an
overnight overdraft facility that is not in default): ACH transactions, treasury and/or cash management services, 

  
 6 

 
including, without limitation, controlled disbursement services, overdraft facilities, foreign exchange facilities, deposit and other accounts and merchant services. 

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following: 

(a) the merger or consolidation of the Issuer with or into another Person or the merger of another Person with or into the
Issuer or the merger of any Person with or into a Subsidiary of the Issuer if Capital Stock of the Issuer is issued in connection therewith, or the sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Issuer to another Person, unless holders of a
majority of the aggregate voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer, immediately prior to such transaction, hold securities of the surviving or transferee Person that represent, immediately after such transaction, at least a majority of the
aggregate voting power of the Voting Stock of the surviving Person; or 
 (b) the Issuer becomes aware of (by way
of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the
Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), in a single transaction or in a related series of
transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase or otherwise of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of 35% or more of the total voting
power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer; or 
 (c) individuals who on the Issue Date constituted the board of
directors of the Issuer, together with any new directors whose election by the board of directors or whose nomination for election by the stockholders of the Issuer was approved by a majority of the directors then still in office who were either
directors on the Issue Date or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the board of directors of the Issuer then in office. 

“Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount
of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees, of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP. 

  
 7 

 “Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any
period, without duplication, the sum of: 
 (a) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted
Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (i) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par,
(ii) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances, (iii) non-cash interest payments (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in
the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (iv) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, (v) net payments, if any, pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations
with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding (A) penalties and interest related to taxes, (B) any Additional Interest with respect to the Notes, (C) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, discounted liabilities,
commissions, fees and expenses and (D) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees); plus 

(b) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or
accrued; less 
 (c) interest income for such period. 

For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably
determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. 

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income, of such
Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that, without duplication, 

(a) any net after-tax effect of extraordinary gains or losses, costs, charges or expenses (less all fees and expenses
relating thereto), shall be excluded; 
 (b) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative
effect of a change in accounting principles during such period; 
 (c) any net after-tax effect of income (loss)
from disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses 

  
 8 

 
on disposal of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations shall be excluded; 
 (d) any net after-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in Good Faith
by the Issuer, shall be excluded; 
 (e) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary,
or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other
payments that are actually paid in cash or Cash Equivalents (or to the extent converted into cash or Cash Equivalents) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period (without duplication for purposes of
Section 3.03 of any amounts included in Section 3.03(a)(C)(4)(x)); 
 (f) solely for the purpose of
determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 3.03(a)(C)(1), the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Subsidiary Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent the declaration or payment
of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, is otherwise
restricted by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with
respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived; provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer shall be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in
cash or Cash Equivalents (or to the extent converted into cash or Cash Equivalents) to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein; 

(g) effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Issuer and its Restricted
Subsidiaries) in such Person’s consolidated financial statements, including adjustments to the inventory, property and equipment, software and other intangible assets (including favorable and unfavorable leases and contracts), deferred revenue
and debt line items in such Person’s consolidated financial statements pursuant to GAAP resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to any consummated acquisition or the amortization

  
 9 

 
or write-off or write-down of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded; 
 (h) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment or cancellation of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments (including deferred financing costs written
off and premiums paid) shall be excluded; 
 (i) any impairment charge, asset write-off or write-down, in each
case, pursuant to GAAP and the amortization of intangibles and other assets arising pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded; 
 (j) any (i) non-cash compensation charge or expense recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights and (ii) income (loss)
attributable to deferred compensation plans or trusts shall be excluded; 
 (k) any fees and expenses incurred
during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, Investment, Asset Sale, issuance or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of
any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Issue Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring costs incurred during such period as a result of any such
transaction shall be excluded; 
 (l) any net unrealized gain or loss resulting from currency translation gains
or losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any unrealized net loss or gain resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk) shall be excluded; and 

(m) any net unrealized gains and losses resulting from Hedging Obligations or embedded derivatives that require similar
accounting treatment and the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 815 and related pronouncements shall be excluded. 
 In addition, to the extent not already included in the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, Consolidated Net Income shall
include the amount of proceeds received from business interruption insurance and reimbursements of any expenses and charges that are covered by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any Permitted Investment or any
sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets permitted under the Indenture. 

  
 10 

 Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 3.03 only (other than
Section 3.03(a)(C)(4)), there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of
Restricted Investments from the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted
Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under Section 3.03(a)(C)(4). 

“Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total
Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries that is secured by Liens (provided that in making such calculation, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Issuer is permitted to incur under Section 3.02(b)(i) shall be
deemed outstanding and secured by a Lien) to (b) the Issuer’s EBITDA for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such event for which
such calculation is being made shall occur, in each case with such pro forma adjustments to Consolidated Total Indebtedness and EBITDA as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of Fixed
Charge Coverage Ratio. 
 “Consolidated Total Indebtedness” means, as at any date of determination, an amount
equal to the sum of (a) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis consisting of Indebtedness for borrowed money, Obligations in respect of Capitalized Lease
Obligations and debt obligations evidenced by promissory notes and similar instruments (and including, for the avoidance of doubt, all obligations relating to Qualified Securitization Financings) and (b) the aggregate amount of all outstanding
Disqualified Stock of the Issuer and all Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock of its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, with the amount of such Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock equal to the greater of their respective voluntary
or involuntary liquidation preferences and maximum fixed repurchase prices, in each case determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries under any revolving
credit facility or line of credit as at any date of determination shall be determined using the Average Quarterly Balance of such Indebtedness for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available as
of such date of determination (the “Reference Period”). 
 For purposes hereof, (a) the “maximum
fixed repurchase price” of any Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock that does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Stock or

  
 11 

 
Preferred Stock as if such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock were purchased on any date on which Consolidated Total Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to the Indenture,
and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the fair market value of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such fair market value shall be determined reasonably and in Good Faith by the Issuer, (b) “Average Quarterly
Balance” means, with respect to any Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries under a revolving facility or line of credit, the quotient of (x) the sum of each Individual Quarterly Balance for each fiscal
quarter ended on or prior to such date of determination and included in the Reference Period divided by (y) 4, and (c) “Individual Quarterly Balance” means, with respect to any Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or its
Restricted Subsidiaries under a revolving credit facility or line of credit during any fiscal quarter of the Issuer, the quotient of (x) the sum of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all such Indebtedness at the end of each day of
such quarter divided by (y) the number of days in such fiscal quarter. 
 “Contingent Obligations” means,
with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary
obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent, 
 (a) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, 
 (b) to advance or supply funds 
 (i) for the purchase or payment of
any such primary obligation, or 
 (ii) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or
otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, or 
 (c) to purchase property,
securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof. 

“Credit Facilities” means, with respect to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, one or more debt
facilities, including the ABL Credit Facility, or other financing arrangements (including, without limitation, commercial paper facilities or indentures) providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, letters of credit or other indebtedness,
including any notes, mortgages, 

  
 12 

 
guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or refunding
thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or
refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount permitted to be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity thereof (provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under Section 3.02) or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as
additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or investor or group of lenders or investors. 
 “Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default; provided that any Default that results solely from the
taking of an action that would have been permitted but for the continuation of a previous Default shall be deemed to be cured if such previous Default is cured prior to becoming an Event of Default. 

“Definitive Notes” means certificated Notes. 
 “Designated Non-cash Consideration” means the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so
designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, executed by the principal financial officer of the Issuer, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in
connection with a subsequent sale of or collection on such Designated Non-cash Consideration. 
 “Disqualified
Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event,
matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely as a result of a
change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the maturity date of the Notes or the date the Notes are no longer outstanding; provided, however, that if such Capital
Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the
Issuer or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations. 

  
 13 

 “DTC” means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and their respective
successors and assigns, or such other depository institution hereinafter appointed by the Issuer. 
 “EBITDA”
means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period 
 (a) increased
(without duplication) by: 
 (i) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital, including, without
limitation, state, franchise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes of such Person paid or accrued during such period deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus 

(ii) Fixed Charges of such Person for such period (including (x) net losses on Hedging Obligations or other
derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk and (y) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities) plus amounts excluded from the definition of “Consolidated Interest
Expense” pursuant to clauses 1(x) through 1(z) thereof, to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus 

(iii) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent the same were
deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus 
 (iv) any expenses or charges (other
than depreciation or amortization expense) related to any Equity Offering, Permitted Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by the Indenture (including a refinancing thereof)
(whether or not successful), including 
 (A) such fees, expenses or charges related to the offering of the Notes
and the ABL Credit Facility and any Securitization Fees, and, 
 (B) any amendment or other modification of the
Notes, the ABL Credit Facility and any Securitization Fees, in each case, deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus 
 (v) the amount of any restructuring charge or reserve or integration cost that is certified by the chief financial officer of the Issuer and deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing

  
 14 

 
Consolidated Net Income, including any one-time costs incurred in connection with acquisitions after the Issue Date and costs related to the closure and/or consolidation of facilities;
provided that the aggregate amount of all charges, expenses, costs and losses added back under this clause (v) in any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters shall not exceed 10.0% of EBITDA for any period of four consecutive fiscal
quarters; plus 
 (vi) any other non-cash charges, expenses or losses reducing Consolidated Net Income for such
period (including any impairment charges or the impact of purchase accounting), excluding any such charge that represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period; plus 

(vii) any non-recurring or unusual expenses or losses (and minus any non-recurring or unusual gains); plus 

(viii) the amount of loss on sale of Securitization Assets and related assets to the Securitization Subsidiary in
connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing; plus 
 (ix) any costs or expense incurred by the Issuer or
a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded
with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Issuer or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation set
forth in Section 3.03(a)(C); plus 
 (x) cash receipts (or any netting arrangements resulting in reduced
cash expenditures) not representing EBITDA or Net Income in any period to the extent non-cash gains relating to such income were deducted in the calculation of EBITDA pursuant to clause (2) below for any previous period and not added back; plus

 (xi) any net loss included in the consolidated financial statements due to the application of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 160 “Non-controlling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements” (“FAS 160”); plus 
 (xii) rent expense as determined in accordance with GAAP not actually paid in cash during such period (net of rent expense paid in cash during such period over and above rent expense as determined in
accordance with GAAP); plus 

  
 15 

 (xiii) realized foreign exchange losses resulting from the impact of foreign
currency changes on the valuation of assets or liabilities on the balance sheet of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries; plus 
 (xiv) net realized losses from Hedging Obligations or embedded derivatives that require similar accounting treatment and the application of Accounting Standard Codification Topic 815 and related
pronouncements; 
 (b) decreased (without duplication) by: (i) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such
Person for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced EBITDA in any prior period and any non-cash gains with respect to cash actually received
in a prior period so long as such cash did not increase EBITDA in such prior period; plus (ii) realized foreign exchange income or gains resulting from the impact of foreign currency changes on the valuation of assets or liabilities on the
balance sheet of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries; plus (iii) any net realized income or gains from Hedging Obligations or embedded derivatives that require similar accounting treatment and the application of Accounting Standard
Codification Topic 815 and related pronouncements, plus (iv) any net income included in the consolidated financial statements due to the application of FAS 160, plus (v) rent expense actually paid in cash during such period (net of rent
expense paid in cash during such period in an amount equal to rent expense determined in accordance with GAAP); and 
 (c)
increased or decreased by (without duplication), as applicable, any adjustments resulting from the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 460 or any comparable regulation. 

“EMU” means economic and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union. 

“Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding
any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock. 
 “Equity Offering” means any
public or private sale of common stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer (excluding Disqualified Stock), other than: 
 (a)
public offerings with respect to the Issuer’s common stock registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8; and 
 (b) issuances to any
Subsidiary of the Issuer. 
 “euro” means the single currency of participating member states of the EMU.

  
 16 

 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and
the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder. 
 “Exchange Notes” means any notes issued in
exchange for Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement or similar agreement. 
 “Fiscal Year” means
the fiscal year of the Issuer ending on December 31 of each year or such other date as the board of directors of the Issuer may approve. 
 “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the ratio of EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In
the event that the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently
repaid and has not been replaced) or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for
which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence,
assumption, guarantee, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period. 

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and
discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) that have been made by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or
simultaneously with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and discontinued operations (and the change
in any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted
Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or discontinued operations that would have
required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or discontinued
operations had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period. 

  
 17 

 For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction,
the pro forma calculations shall be (x) made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer (and may include, for the avoidance of doubt, cost savings and operating expense reductions resulting from such
Investment, acquisition, merger or consolidation or discontinued operations which is being given pro forma effect that have been or are expected to be realized) or (y) determined in accordance with Regulation S-X. If any Indebtedness bears a
floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period
(taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the
Issuer to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma
basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period except as set forth in the first paragraph of this definition. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest
rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Issuer may
designate. 
 “Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of: 

(a) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period; 

(b) all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of
Preferred Stock during such period; and 
 (c) all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items
eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock during such period. 
 “Foreign Subsidiary”
means, with respect to any Person, any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person that is not organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof and any Restricted Subsidiary of
such Foreign Subsidiary. 
 “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States which
are in effect on the Issue Date. 

  
 18 

 “Good Faith by the Issuer” means the decision in good faith by a
responsible financial officer of the Issuer; provided that (a) if such decision involves a determination of fair market value in excess of $7.5 million, the decision is made in good faith by the Senior Management of the Issuer and
(b) if such decision involves a determination of fair market value in excess of $25.0 million, the decision is made in good faith by the board of directors of the Issuer. 
 “Government Securities” means securities that are: 

(a) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is
pledged; or 
 (b) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality
of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, 
 which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the
Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt;
provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government
Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt. 
 “guarantee” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters
of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations. 

“Guarantee” means the guarantee by any Subsidiary Guarantor of the Issuer’s Obligations under this Indenture and
the Notes. 
 “Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under any
interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or similar agreement
providing for the transfer or mitigation of interest rate, commodity price or currency risks either generally or under specific contingencies. 

  
 19 

 “Holder” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the
registrar’s books. 
 “IAI” means an institutional “accredited investor” as described in Rule
501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act. 
 “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any
Person, without duplication: 
 (a) any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or
not contingent: 
 (i) in respect of borrowed money; 

(ii) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or,
without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof); 
 (iii) representing the balance deferred and
unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), except (A) any such balance that constitutes an obligation in respect of a commercial letter of credit, a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade
creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business (and with respect to commercial letters of credit repaid in a timely manner) and (B) any earn-out obligations until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of
such Person in accordance with GAAP and is not paid after becoming due and payable; or 
 (iv) representing any
Hedging Obligations; 
 if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging
Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP; 
 (b) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a
third Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, and 

(c) to the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of the type referred to in clause (a) of a third Person
secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such first Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such first Person; 

  
 20 

 provided, that in no event shall an operating lease (and any filing, recording or other action in
connection therewith) be deemed Indebtedness; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business. For the avoidance of
doubt, Indebtedness does not include Cash Management Services. 
 “Indenture” means this Indenture as amended
or supplemented from time to time. 
 “Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal,
investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in Similar Businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged. 

“Initial Notes” has the meaning ascribed to it in the second introductory paragraph of this Indenture. 

“Initial Purchasers” means Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Goldman, Sachs & Co.,
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC. 
 “Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal
to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P or, in either case, an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency. 
 “Investment Grade Securities” means: 
 (a)
securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents); 

(b) debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments
constituting loans or advances among the Issuer and its Subsidiaries; 
 (c) investments in any fund that invests
exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (a) and (b) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution; and 

(d) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments.

 “Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including
Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, 

  
 21 

 
credit card and debit card receivables, trade credit, advances to customers, commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees, in each case made in the ordinary course of
business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes)
of the Issuer in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and
Section 3.03, 
 (a) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity
interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Issuer at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such
Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to: 

(i) the Issuer’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; less 

(ii) the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the
net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and 
 (b) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted
Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in Good Faith by the Issuer. 
 “Issue Date” means May 3, 2011. 
 “Issuer”
means RadioShack Corporation and its permitted successors. 
 “Leverage Ratio” means, on the date of
determination, the ratio of (i) Consolidated Total Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis to (ii) EBITDA of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four fiscal
quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such event for which such calculation is being made shall occur, in each case with such pro forma adjustments to such Consolidated Total
Indebtedness and EBITDA as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. 
 “Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest, preference, priority or

  
 22 

 
encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement,
any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction;
provided that in no event shall any filing, recording or other action in connection with an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien. 
 “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business. 
 “Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and after any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.

 “Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale, including any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-cash Consideration received in any Asset Sale, net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or
disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof; taxes paid or payable as a result thereof
(after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the assets
disposed of required (other than required by Section 3.05(b)(i)) to be paid as a result of such transaction and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a reserve in accordance
with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after such sale or other disposition thereof, including pension and other post-employment
benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction. 
 “Non-Guarantor Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor. 
 “Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person (as defined in Regulation S). 
 “Notes” has the meaning ascribed to it in the second introductory paragraph of this Indenture. 

  
 23 

 “Notes Custodian” means the custodian with respect to the Global Notes (as
appointed by DTC), or any successor Person thereto and shall initially be the Trustee. 
 “Obligations” means
any principal, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is
an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), premium, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances), damages and other
liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness. 

“Offering Memorandum” means the offering memorandum related to the offering of Notes dated April 28, 2011.

 “Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the
President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Issuer or any other Person, as the case may be. 
 “Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Issuer by an Officer of the Issuer or on behalf of any other Person, as the case may be, who must be the principal
executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Issuer or such other Person that meets the requirements set forth in the Indenture. 

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee and that meets the
requirements set forth in this Indenture. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer or the Trustee. 

“Permitted Asset Swap” means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of
Related Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided that any cash or Cash Equivalents received must be applied in accordance with Section 3.05.

 “Permitted Investments” means 
 (a) any Investment in the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

  
 24 

 (b) any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities; 

(c) any Investment by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business if as a result
of such Investment: 
 (i) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; or 

(ii) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged or consolidated with or into, or
transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, 
 and, in each case, any
Investment held by such Person; provided that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transfer; 
 (d) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the provisions of
Section 3.05 or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale; 
 (e) any Investment existing on the Issue
Date not otherwise constituting a Permitted Investment and any extension, modification, replacement or renewal of any such Investments existing on the Issue Date, but only to the extent not involving additional advances, contributions or other
Investments of cash or other assets or other increases thereof other than as a result of the accrual or accretion of interest or original issue discount or the issuance of pay-in-kind securities, in each case, pursuant to the terms of such
Investment as in effect on the Issue Date (or as subsequently amended or otherwise modified in a manner not disadvantageous to the Holders of the Notes in any material respect); 

(f) any Investment acquired by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries: 

(i) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary in
connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable; 
 (ii) in satisfaction of judgments against other Persons; or 
 (iii)
as a result of a foreclosure by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default; 

  
 25 

 (g) Hedging Obligations permitted under Section 3.02(b)(x); 

(h) any Investment in a Similar Business having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant
to this clause (h) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $100.0 million and (y) 5.0% of the Issuer’s Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being
measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); 
 (i) Investments the payment for which
consists of Equity Interests (exclusive of Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer; provided, however, that such Equity Interests shall not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 3.03(a)(C); 

(j) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with Section 3.08(b) (except
transactions permitted by clauses (ii), (v), (vii), (x), and (xi) of Section 3.08(b)); 
 (k) Investments consisting
of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, material or equipment; 
 (l) additional Investments having an aggregate
fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (l) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not
consist of cash or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of (x) $20.0 million and (y) 1.00% of Issuer’s Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time
made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); 
 (m) Investments relating to a Securitization Subsidiary that,
in the good faith determination of the Issuer are necessary or advisable to effect any Qualified Securitization Financing; 

(n) advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, officers, directors and employees not in excess of $2.0 million outstanding at any one
time, in the aggregate; 
 (o) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees for business-related travel expenses,
moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practices or to fund such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of the Issuer; 

(p) advances, loans or extensions of trade credit in the ordinary course of business by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

  
 26 

 (q) Investments consisting of licensing of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing
arrangements with other Persons; 
 (r) contributions to a “rabbi” trust for the benefit of employees within the
meaning of Revenue Procedure 92-64 or other grantor trust subject to the claims of creditors in the case of a bankruptcy of the Issuer; 
 (s) Investments relating to arrangements with third parties allowing the Issuer to engage in the sale or distribution of wireless voice and data communication devices, tablet and tablet personal computer
devices and other mobile products and services in conjunction with, through or for such third parties, which arrangements are in effect on the Issue Date (and Investments relating to any similar arrangements entered into after the Issue Date); and

 (t) Indebtedness (including guarantees of Indebtedness) incurred under clauses (xii), (xiv) or (xviii) of
Section 3.02(b) to the extent that interest payments with respect to such Indebtedness are included in the definition of Fixed Charges. 
 “Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person: 
 (a)
pledges or deposits by such Person in connection with any workmen’s compensation liabilities, unemployment insurance laws or similar liabilities, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of
Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits
as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business; 
 (b) Liens imposed by law or regulation, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and mechanics’ and similar Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a
period of more than 30 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other
proceedings for review if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP; 
 (c) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted,
if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP, or for property taxes on property that the Issuer or one of its Subsidiaries 

  
 27 

 
has determined to abandon if the sole recourse for such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claims is to such property; 
 (d) Liens in favor of issuers of performance, surety, bid, indemnity, warranty, release, appeal or similar bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit or bankers’
acceptances issued, and completion guarantees provided for, in each case pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business; 
 (e) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, ground leases, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, servitudes, sewers, electric lines, drains, telegraph and
telephone and cable television lines, gas and oil pipelines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including, without limitation, minor defects or irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use
of real properties or Liens incidental, to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the
value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person; 
 (f) Liens securing
Indebtedness incurred pursuant to (x) Section 3.02(b)(iv) or (y) Section 3.02(b)(xviii); provided that (i) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 3.02(b)(iv) only cover the assets acquired with
such Indebtedness and (ii) that Liens securing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 3.02(b)(xviii) extend only to the assets of Foreign Subsidiaries; 
 (g) Liens existing on the Issue Date (with the exception of Liens securing the ABL Credit Facility, on the Issue Date, which shall be deemed incurred pursuant to clause (hh) of this definition);

 (h) Liens on property, shares of stock or other assets of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary;
provided, however, such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided, further, however, that such Liens may not extend to any
other property owned by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (i) Liens on property or other assets at the time
the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property or other assets, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that such
Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition, merger or 

  
 28 

 
consolidation; provided, further, however, that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(j) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary
permitted to be incurred in accordance with Section 3.02; 
 (k) Liens securing Hedging Obligations and Cash Management
Services so long as related Indebtedness is, and is permitted to be under the Indenture, secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Obligations; 
 (l) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances or trade letters of credit issued or
created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods; 
 (m)
leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and do not secure any
Indebtedness; 
 (n) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases or
consignments entered into by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; 
 (o) Liens in
favor of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor; 
 (p) Liens on equipment of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
granted in the ordinary course of business; 
 (q) Liens on Securitization Assets and related assets incurred in connection with
a Qualified Securitization Financing; 
 (r) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or
successive refinancing, refunding, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (f)(x), (g), (h) and (i); provided, however, that (i) such
new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property), and (ii) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum
of (A) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (f)(x), (g), (h) and (i) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under the Indenture, and (B) an
amount 

  
 29 

 
necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement; 

(s) deposits made or other security provided to secure liabilities to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements
in the ordinary course of business; 
 (t) other Liens securing obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business which
obligations do not exceed $100.0 million at any one time outstanding; 
 (u) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money
not constituting an Event of Default under Section 6.01(a)(vi) so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated
or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired; 
 (v) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred to
finance the purchase, lease or improvement of real property that is used or will be used as a headquarters for the Issuer, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets; provided that
(i) the Liens securing such Indebtedness only relate to the property acquired with such Indebtedness and (ii) the aggregate amount of the Indebtedness secured by such Liens does not exceed $200.0 million; 

(w) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with
the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business; 
 (x) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under
Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) in favor of
banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry; 

(y) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under Section 3.02; provided that
such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement; 
 (z) Liens
encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes; 

  
 30 

 (aa) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of
depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar
obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in
the ordinary course of business; 
 (bb) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Issuer or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted under the Indenture; 
 (cc) the
rights reserved or vested in any Person by the terms of any lease, license, franchise, grant or permit held by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or by a statutory provision, to terminate any such lease, license, franchise, grant or
permit, or to require annual or periodic payments as a condition to the continuance thereof; 
 (dd) restrictive covenants
affecting the use to which real property may be put; provided, however, that the covenants are complied with; 

(ee) security given to a public utility or any municipality or governmental authority when required by such utility or authority in
connection with the operations of that Person in the ordinary course of business; 
 (ff) zoning by-laws and other land use
restrictions, including, without limitation, site plan agreements, development agreements and contract zoning agreements; 

(gg) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for sale of goods entered into by the
Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business; 
 (hh) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred under
Credit Facilities, including any letter of credit facility relating thereto, that was incurred pursuant to Section 3.02(b)(i); and 
 (ii) Liens incurred to secure Obligations in respect of any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 3.02; provided that, with respect to Liens securing Obligations permitted
under this clause (ii), at the time of incurrence and after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio would be no greater than 1.5 to 1.0. 

  
 31 

 For purposes of this definition, the term “Indebtedness” shall be deemed to include interest on
such Indebtedness. 
 “Person” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint
venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity. 
 “Predecessor Note” of any particular Note means every previous Note evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Note; and, for the purposes of this
definition, any Note authenticated and delivered under Section 2.09 in exchange for or in lieu of a mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note.

 “Preferred Stock” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon
liquidation, dissolution, or winding up. 
 “Qualified Securitization Financing” means any Securitization
Facility of a Securitization Subsidiary that meets the following conditions: (i) the board of directors of the Issuer shall have determined in good faith that such Qualified Securitization Financing (including financing terms, covenants,
termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, (ii) all sales of Securitization Assets and related assets by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary
to the Securitization Subsidiary or any other Person are made at fair market value (as determined in Good Faith by the Issuer), (iii) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be market terms (as
determined in Good Faith by the Issuer) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings and (iv) the Obligations under such Securitization Facility are non-recourse (except for customary representations, warranties, covenants and
indemnities made in connection with such facilities) to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Securitization Subsidiary). The grant of a security interest in any Securitization Assets of the Issuer or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries (other than a Securitization Subsidiary) to secure Indebtedness under the ABL Credit Facility shall not be deemed a Qualified Securitization Financing. 
 “QIB” means any “qualified institutional buyer” as such term is defined in Rule 144A. 
 “Rating Agencies” means Moody’s and S&P or if Moody’s or S&P or both shall not make a rating on the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating
agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Issuer which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P or both, as the case may be. 

  
 32 

 “Registration Rights Agreement” means (i) the Registration Rights
Agreement related to the Notes dated as of the Issue Date, among the Issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers, as amended or supplemented, and (ii) any other registration rights agreement entered into in connection with the
issuance of Additional Notes in a private offering by the Issuer after the Issue Date. 
 “Regulation S” means
Regulation S under the Securities Act. 
 “Regulation S-X” means Regulation S-X under the Securities Act.

 “Related Business Assets” means assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar
Business, provided that any assets received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities
of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary. 

“Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment. 

“Restricted Notes” means Initial Notes and Additional Notes bearing the restrictive legend described in
Section 2.01(d). 
 “Restricted Notes Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.01(d)(i).

 “Restricted Subsidiary” means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any
Foreign Subsidiary) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of
“Restricted Subsidiary.” 
 “Rule 144A” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act. 

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor to its
rating agency business. 
 “Sale and Lease-Back Transaction” means any arrangement providing for the leasing by
the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary to a third Person in contemplation of such leasing.

 “SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. 

  
 33 

 “Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien. 
 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder. 
 “Securitization Asset” means any accounts
receivable, real estate asset, mortgage receivables or related assets, in each case subject to a Securitization Facility. 

“Securitization Facility” means any of one or more securitization financing facilities as amended, supplemented,
modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, pursuant to which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sells its Securitization Assets to either (a) a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) a
Securitization Subsidiary that in turn sells Securitization Assets to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary. 

“Securitization Fees” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any
Securitization Asset or participation interest therein issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Qualified Securitization Financing. 

“Securitization Repurchase Obligation” means any obligation of a seller of Securitization Assets in a Qualified
Securitization Financing to repurchase Securitization Assets arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including, without limitation, as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to
any asserted defense, dispute, off set or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller. 
 “Securitization Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary in each case formed for the purpose of and that solely engages in one or more Qualified Securitization Financings and other activities
reasonably related thereto. 
 “Senior Management” means the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial
Officer of the Issuer. 
 “Shelf Registration Statement” shall have the meaning set forth in the Registration
Rights Agreement. 
 “Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant
subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date. 

  
 34 

 “Similar Business” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted
by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental or ancillary thereto. 
 “Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer which the Issuer has
determined in good faith to be customary in a Securitization Financing, including, without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Securitization Subsidiary, it being understood that any Securitization Repurchase Obligation
shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking. 
 “Stated Maturity” means (i) with respect
to any Obligations, the date specified as the fixed date on which the final installment of principal of such Obligations is due and payable or (ii) with respect to any scheduled installment of principal of or interest on any Obligations, the
date specified as the fixed date on which such installment is due and payable as set forth in the documentation governing such Obligations, not including any contingent obligation to repay, redeem or repurchase prior to the regularly scheduled date
for payment. 
 “Subordinated Indebtedness” means, with respect to the Notes, 

(a) any Indebtedness of the Issuer which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, and 

(b) any Indebtedness of any Subsidiary Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of such entity
of the Notes. 
 “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person: 

(a) any corporation, association, or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar
entity) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of determination
owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof or is consolidated under GAAP with such Person at such time; and 

(b) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which 

(x) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited

  
 35 

 
partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in
the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise, and 
 (y) such Person or any
Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity. 
 “Subsidiary
Guarantor” means each Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer that provides a Guarantee of the Notes. 
 “Total
Assets” means, as of any date for any specified Person, the total consolidated assets of such specified Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as shown on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of such specified Person, determined on a
pro forma basis in a manner consistent with the pro forma basis contained in the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. 

“Treasury Rate” means, as of any Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such Redemption Date of United States
Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date (or, if such
Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to May 15, 2019; provided, however, that if the period from the Redemption
Date to May 15, 2019 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used. 

“Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-777bbbb).

 “Trustee” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it in accordance with
the terms of this Indenture and, thereafter, means the successor. 
 “Trust Officer” shall mean, when used with
respect to the Trustee, any vice president, assistant vice president, any trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers,
respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture. 

  
 36 

 “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means: 

(a) any Subsidiary of the Issuer which at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the
Issuer, as provided below); and 
 (a) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 

The Issuer may designate any Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed
Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer (other than solely
any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that 
 (a) any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity
of which the Equity Interests entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all Equity Interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or Persons performing a similar function are owned, directly or
indirectly, by the Issuer, 
 (b) such designation complies with Section 3.03, and 

(c) each of: 
 (i) the Subsidiary to be so designated; and 
 (ii) its Subsidiaries

 has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or
indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary. As of the Issue Date, Tandy Life Insurance Company will be an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 The Issuer may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after
giving effect to such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary would be able to incur such Indebtedness pursuant to Section 3.02 on a pro forma basis
taking into account such designation. 
 Any such designation by the Issuer shall be notified by the Issuer to the Trustee by
promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the board of directors of the Issuer or any committee thereof giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the
foregoing provisions. 

  
 37 

 “Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such
Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors of such Person. 
 “Weighted
Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing: 

(a) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal
payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment; by 
 (b) the sum of all such payments. 
 “Wholly-Owned Subsidiary” of
any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

 Section 1.02. Other Definitions.  

 

			
	 Term
	  	Defined in
Section
	 “Acceptable Commitment”
	  	3.05(b)
	 “Additional Restricted Notes”
	  	2.01(b)
	 “Affiliate Transaction”
	  	3.08
	 “Agent Members”
	  	2.01(e)(iii)
	 “Asset Sale Offer”
	  	3.05(b)
	 “Authenticating Agent”
	  	2.02
	 “Automatic Exchange”
	  	2.06(e)
	 “Automatic Exchange Date”
	  	2.06(e)
	 “Automatic Exchange Notice”
	  	2.06(e)
	 “Automatic Exchange Notice Date”
	  	2.06(e)
	 “Change of Control Offer”
	  	3.09
	 “Change of Control Payment”
	  	3.09
	 “Change of Control Payment Date”
	  	3.09(a)(ii)
	 “Clearstream”
	  	2.01(b)
	 “Covenant Defeasance”
	  	8.03
	 “Defaulted Interest”
	  	2.13
	 “Euroclear”
	  	2.01(b)
	 “Event of Default”
	  	6.01
	 “Excess Proceeds”
	  	3.05(b)
	 “Exchange Global Note”
	  	2.01(b)

  
 38 

			
	 Term
	  	Defined in
Section
	 “Global Notes”
	  	2.01(b)
	 “Guaranteed Obligations”
	  	10.01
	 “incur”
	  	3.02
	 “incurrence”
	  	3.02
	 “Initial Lien”
	  	3.06
	 “Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note”
	  	2.01(b)
	 “Institutional Accredited Investor Notes”
	  	2.01(b)
	 “Issuer Order”
	  	2.02
	 “Legal Defeasance”
	  	8.02
	 “Legal Holiday”
	  	12.08
	 “Notes Register”
	  	2.03
	 “Pari Passu Indebtedness”
	  	3.05(b)
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	2.03
	 “protected purchaser”
	  	2.09
	 “Redemption Date”
	  	5.07
	 “Refinancing Indebtedness”
	  	3.02(b)(xiii)
	 “Refunding Capital Stock”
	  	3.03(b)(ii)
	 “Registrar”
	  	2.03
	 “Regulation S Global Note”
	  	2.01(b)
	 “Regulation S Notes”
	  	2.01(b)
	 “Reinstatement Date”
	  	3.19(b)
	 “Resale Restriction Termination Date”
	  	2.06(b)
	 “Restricted Global Note”
	  	2.06(e)
	 “Restricted Payments”
	  	3.03(a)
	 “Restricted Period”
	  	2.01(b)
	 “Rule 144A Global Note”
	  	2.01(b)
	 “Rule 144A Notes”
	  	2.01(b)
	 “Second Commitment”
	  	3.05(b)
	 “Special Interest Payment Date”
	  	2.13(a)
	 “Special Record Date”
	  	2.13(a)
	 “Successor Company”
	  	4.01(a)(i)
	 “Successor Person”
	  	10.02(b)(i)
	 “Suspended Covenants”
	  	3.19
	 “Suspension Period”
	  	3.19
	 “Treasury Capital Stock
	  	3.03(b)(ii)
	 “Trustee”
	  	8.05
	 “Unrestricted Global Note”
	  	2.06(e)

  
 39 

 Section 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. This Indenture
is subject to the mandatory provisions of the TIA which are incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The following TIA terms have the following meanings: 

“Commission” means the SEC. 
 “indenture securities” means the Notes. 
 “indenture
security holder” means a Holder. 
 “indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture. 

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee. 

“obligor” on the indenture securities means the Issuer and any other obligor on the indenture securities. 

All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined in the TIA by reference to another statute or defined by
SEC rule have the meanings assigned to them by such definitions. 
 Section 1.04. Rules of Construction. Unless the
context otherwise requires: 
 (a) a term has the meaning assigned to it; 

(b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 

(c) “or” is not exclusive; 

(d) “including” means including without limitation; 

(e) words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular; 

(f) the principal amount of any noninterest bearing or other discount security at any date shall be the principal amount
thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the issuer dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP; 

(g) the principal amount of any preferred stock shall be (i) the maximum liquidation value of such preferred stock or
(ii) the maximum mandatory redemption or mandatory repurchase price with respect to such preferred stock, whichever is greater; 

  
 40 

 (h) all amounts expressed in this Indenture or in any of the Notes in terms
of money refer to the lawful currency of the United States of America; 
 (i) the words “herein,”
“hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision; and 

(j) unless otherwise specifically indicated, the term “consolidated” with respect to any Person refers to such
Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries, and excludes from such consolidation any Unrestricted Subsidiary as if such Unrestricted Subsidiary were not an Affiliate of such Person. 

ARTICLE 2 

THE NOTES 
 Section 2.01. Form, Dating and Terms. (a) The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited. The Initial Notes issued on
the date hereof shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $325,000,000. In addition, the Issuer may issue, from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, Additional Notes (as provided herein) and Exchange Notes;
provided, however, that if Additional Notes are not fungible for U.S. federal income tax purposes with the Initial Notes, or the Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefore, the Additional Notes will have a separate CUSIP number.
Furthermore, Notes may be authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer, exchange or in lieu of, other Notes pursuant to Sections 2.02, 2.06, 2.09, 2.11, 5.06 or 9.05, in connection with an Asset Sale Offer pursuant to Section 3.05
or in connection with a Change of Control Offer pursuant to Section 3.09. 
 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained herein, the Issuer may not issue any Additional Notes, unless such issuance is in compliance with Section 3.02. 

The Initial Notes shall be known and designated as “6.750% Senior Unsecured Notes, Series A, due 2019” of the Issuer.
Additional Notes issued as Restricted Notes shall be known and designated as “6.750% Senior Unsecured Notes, Series A, due 2019” of the Issuer. Additional Notes issued other than as Restricted Notes shall be known and designated as
“6.750% Senior Unsecured Notes, Series B, due 2019” of the Issuer, and Exchange Notes shall be known and designated as “6.750% Senior Unsecured Notes, Series B, due 2019” of the Issuer. 

  
 41 

 With respect to any Additional Notes, the Issuer shall set forth in (a) a Board
Resolution and (b) (i) an Officer’s Certificate or (ii) one or more indentures supplemental hereto, the following information: 
 (i) the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes to be authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture; 

(ii) the issue price and the issue date of such Additional Notes, including the date from which interest shall accrue; and

 (iii) whether such Additional Notes shall be Restricted Notes issued in the form of Exhibit A hereto and/or
shall be issued in the form of Exhibit B hereto. 
 In authenticating and delivering Additional Notes, the Trustee shall be
entitled to receive and shall be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the Opinion of Counsel and Officer’s Certificate required by Section 12.04, an Opinion of Counsel as to the due authorization, execution, delivery, validity
and enforceability of such Additional Notes. 
 The Initial Notes, the Additional Notes and the Exchange Notes shall be
considered collectively as a single class for all purposes of this Indenture. Holders of the Initial Notes, the Additional Notes and the Exchange Notes shall vote and consent together on all matters to which such Holders are entitled to vote or
consent as one class, and none of the Holders of the Initial Notes, the Additional Notes or the Exchange Notes shall have the right to vote or consent as a separate class on any matter to which such Holders are entitled to vote or consent.

 If any of the terms of any Additional Notes are established by action taken pursuant to Board Resolution of the Issuer, a
copy of an appropriate record of such action shall be certified by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Issuer and delivered to the Trustee at or prior to the delivery of the Officer’s Certificate or the indenture supplemental hereto
setting forth the terms of the Additional Notes. 
 (b) The Initial Notes are being offered and sold by the Issuer pursuant to a
Purchase Agreement, dated April 28, 2011, among the Issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Goldman, Sachs & Co., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC. The
Initial Notes and any Additional Notes (if issued as Restricted Notes) (the “Additional Restricted Notes”) shall be resold initially only to (A) QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A and (B) Non-U.S. Persons in reliance on
Regulation S. Such Initial Notes and Additional Restricted Notes may thereafter be transferred to, among others, QIBs, purchasers in reliance on Regulation S and IAIs in accordance with the 

  
 42 

 
Securities Act, in each case, in accordance with the procedure described herein. Additional Notes offered after the date hereof may be offered and sold by the Issuer from time to time pursuant to
one or more purchase agreements in accordance with applicable law. 
 Initial Notes and Additional Restricted Notes offered and
sold to QIBs in the United States of America in reliance on Rule 144A (the “Rule 144A Notes”) shall be issued in the form of a permanent global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A, which is hereby incorporated by reference
and made a part of this Indenture, including appropriate legends as set forth in Section 2.01(d) (the “Rule 144A Global Note”), deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by
the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Rule 144A Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by DTC’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate. The aggregate
principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for DTC or its nominee, as hereinafter provided. 

Initial Notes and any Additional Restricted Notes offered and sold outside the United States of America (the “Regulation S
Notes”) in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued in the form of a permanent global Note, without interest coupons, substantially in the form of Exhibit A including appropriate legends as set forth in Section 2.01(d) (the
“Regulation S Global Note”), deposited upon issuance with, or on behalf of, the Trustee as custodian for DTC in the manner described in this Article 2 for credit to the respective accounts of the purchasers (or to such other
accounts as they may direct), including, but not limited to, accounts at Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V. (“Euroclear”) or Clearstream Banking, société anonyme (“Clearstream”). Prior to the 40th day after the
later of the commencement of the offering of the Initial Notes and the Issue Date (such period through and including such 40th day, the “Restricted Period”), interests in the Regulation S Global Note may only be transferred to
non-U.S. persons pursuant to Regulation S, to QIBs under Rule 144A or IAIs in accordance with the transfer and certification requirements described herein for exchanges of interests in a Global Note. 

Investors may hold their interests in the Regulation S Global Note through organizations other than Euroclear or Clearstream that are
participants in DTC’s system or directly through Euroclear or Clearstream, if they are participants in such systems, or indirectly through organizations which are participants in such systems. If such interests are held through Euroclear or
Clearstream, Euroclear and Clearstream shall hold such interests in the applicable Regulation S Global Note on behalf of their participants through customers’ securities accounts in their respective names on the books of their respective
depositaries. Such depositaries, 

  
 43 

 
in turn, shall hold such interests in the applicable Regulation S Global Note in customers’ securities accounts in the depositaries’ names on the books of DTC. 

The Regulation S Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by DTC’s rules regarding the maximum
principal amount to be represented by a single certificate. The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for DTC or its
nominee, as hereinafter provided. 
 Initial Notes and Additional Restricted Notes resold to IAIs (the “Institutional
Accredited Investor Notes”) in the United States of America shall be issued in the form of a permanent global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A including appropriate legends as set forth in Section 2.01(d) (the
“Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note”) deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Institutional Accredited Investor Global
Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by DTC’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate. The aggregate principal amount of the Institutional Accredited Investor Global
Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for DTC or its nominee, as hereinafter provided. 
 Exchange Notes exchanged for interests in the Rule 144A Notes, the Regulation S Notes and the Institutional Accredited Investor Notes shall be issued in the form of a permanent global Note, substantially
in the form of Exhibit B, which is hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Indenture, deposited with the Trustee as hereinafter provided, including the appropriate legend set forth in Section 2.01(d) (the “Exchange
Global Note”). The Exchange Global Note shall be deposited upon issuance with, or on behalf of, the Trustee as custodian for DTC, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Exchange Global Note
may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by DTC’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate. 
 The Rule 144A Global Note, the Regulation S Global Note, the Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note and the Exchange Global Note are sometimes collectively herein referred to as the “Global
Notes.” 
 The principal of, premium, if any, and interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes shall
be payable at the office or agency of Paying Agent or Registrar designated by the Issuer maintained for such purpose in the United States or at such other office or agency of the Issuer as may be maintained for such purpose pursuant to
Section 2.03 of this Indenture; provided, however, 

  
 44 

 
that, at the option of the Issuer, each installment of interest may be paid by (i) check mailed to addresses of the Persons entitled thereto as such addresses shall appear on the Notes
Register or (ii) wire transfer to an account located in the United States maintained by the payee, subject to the last sentence of this paragraph. Payments in respect of Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium, if any,
and interest) shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by DTC. Payments in respect of Notes represented by Definitive Notes (including principal, premium, if any, and interest, including Additional
Interest, if any) held by a Holder of at least $10,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by Definitive Notes shall be made by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such
Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 15 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the
Trustee may accept in its discretion). 
 The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange
rule or usage, in addition to those set forth on Exhibit A and Exhibit B and in Section 2.01(d). The Issuer shall approve any notation, endorsement or legend on the Notes. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The terms of
the Notes set forth in Exhibit A and Exhibit B are part of the terms of this Indenture and, to the extent applicable, the Issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to be
bound by such terms. 
 (c) Denominations. The Notes shall be issuable only in fully registered form, without coupons,
and only in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. 
 (d) Restrictive Legends.
Unless and until (i) an Initial Note or an Additional Note issued as a Restricted Note is sold under an effective registration statement or (ii) an Initial Note or an Additional Note issued as a Restricted Note is exchanged for an Exchange
Note in connection with an effective registration statement, in each case pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement or a similar agreement or (iii) the Trustee receives an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer and the
Trustee to the effect that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act: 

(A) the Rule 144A Global Note, the Regulation S Global Note and the Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note shall
bear the following legend on the face thereof: 
 THIS NOTE AND THE RELATED GUARANTEES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS 

  
 45 

 
AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR THE RELATED GUARANTEES NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD,
ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE AND
THE RELATED GUARANTEES BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH NOTE, PRIOR TO THE DATE WHICH IS ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF, THE ISSUE DATE OF ANY ADDITIONAL NOTES OF THE SAME SERIES
AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS NOTE AND THE RELATED GUARANTEES (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS NOTE AND THE RELATED GUARANTEES) (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) ONLY
(A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE NOTES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT
(“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS
GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (E) PURSUANT TO
ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER (i) PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (D) PRIOR TO THE END OF THE
DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (E) PRIOR TO THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER
INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM, AND (ii) IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, TO REQUIRE THAT A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM 

  
 46 

 
APPEARING ON THIS NOTE IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE. 
 THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF A HOLDER ONLY AT THE DIRECTION AND IN THE ABSOLUTE DISCRETION OF THE ISSUER AFTER THE DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD OR RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE,
AS APPLICABLE. 
 (B) each Global Security, whether or not an Initial Security, shall bear the following legend
on the face thereof: 
 UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A
NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS
REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR
TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 
 TRANSFERS OF
THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO DTC, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE
IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF. 
 (e) Book-Entry
Provisions. (i) This Section 2.01(e) shall apply only to Global Notes deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC. 
 (ii) Each Global Note initially shall (x) be registered in the name of DTC or the nominee of DTC, (y) be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for DTC and (z) bear legends as set forth in
Section 2.01(d). Transfers of a Global Note (but not a beneficial interest therein) shall be limited to transfers thereof in whole, but not in part, to the DTC, its successors or its respective nominees, except as set forth in
Section 2.01(e)(v) and 2.01(f). If a beneficial interest in a Global Note is 

  
 47 

 
transferred or exchanged for a beneficial interest in another Global Note, the Trustee shall (x) record a decrease in the principal amount of the Global Note being transferred or exchanged
equal to the principal amount of such transfer or exchange and (y) record a like increase in the principal amount of the other Global Note. Any beneficial interest in one Global Note that is transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the
form of an interest in another Global Note, or exchanged for an interest in another Global Note, shall, upon transfer or exchange, cease to be an interest in such Global Note and become an interest in the other Global Note and, accordingly, shall
thereafter be subject to all transfer and exchange restrictions, if any, and other procedures applicable to beneficial interests in such other Global Note for as long as it remains such an interest. 

(iii) Members of, or participants in, DTC (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture
with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by DTC or by the Trustee as the custodian of DTC or under such Global Note, and DTC may be treated by the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee as the absolute owner of
such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuer, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization
furnished by DTC or impair, as between DTC and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of DTC governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note. 

(iv) In connection with any transfer of a portion of the beneficial interest in a Global Note pursuant to
Section 2.01(f) to beneficial owners who are required to hold Definitive Notes, the Notes Custodian shall reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of such Global Note in an amount equal to the principal
amount of the beneficial interest in the Global Note to be transferred, and the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, one or more Definitive Notes of like tenor and amount. 

(v) In connection with the transfer of an entire Global Note to beneficial owners pursuant to Section 2.01(f), such
Global Note shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, to each beneficial owner identified by DTC in exchange for its
beneficial interest in such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations. 

  
 48 

 (vi) The registered Holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise
authorize any person, including Agent Members and persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes. 

(vii) Any Holder of a Global Note shall, by acceptance of such Global Note, agree that transfers of beneficial interests
in such Global Note may be effected only through a book-entry system maintained by (a) the Holder of such Global Note (or its agent) or (b) any Holder of a beneficial interest in such Global Note, and that ownership of a beneficial
interest in such Global Note shall be required to be reflected in a book entry. 
 (f) Definitive Notes. (i) Except
as provided below, owners of beneficial interests in Global Notes shall not be entitled to receive Definitive Notes. If required to do so pursuant to any applicable law or regulation, beneficial owners may obtain Definitive Notes in exchange for
their beneficial interests in a Global Note upon written request in accordance with DTC’s and the Registrar’s procedures. In addition, Definitive Notes shall be transferred to all beneficial owners in exchange for their beneficial
interests in a Global Note if (A) DTC notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for such Global Note or DTC ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, at a time when DTC is required to
be so registered in order to act as depositary, and in each case a successor depositary is not appointed by the Issuer within 90 days of such notice or, (B) the Issuer, at its option, executes and delivers to the Trustee and Registrar an
Officer’s Certificate stating that such Global Note shall be so exchangeable or (C) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Registrar has received a request from DTC. In the event of the occurrence of any of the events
specified in the second preceding sentence or in clause (A), (B) or (C) of the preceding sentence, the Issuer shall promptly make available to the Trustee a reasonable supply of Definitive Notes. 

(ii) Any Definitive Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.01(e)(iii) or
(iv) shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.06(d), bear the applicable legend regarding transfer restrictions applicable to the Definitive Note set forth in Section 2.01(d). 

(iii) If a Definitive Note is transferred or exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Global Note, the Trustee shall
(x) cancel such Definitive Note, (y) record an increase in the principal amount of such Global Note equal to the principal amount of such transfer or exchange and (z) in the event that such transfer or exchange involves less than the
entire principal amount of the canceled Definitive Note, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, 

  
 49 

 
to the transferring Holder a new Definitive Note representing the principal amount not so transferred. 
 (iv) If a Definitive Note is transferred or exchanged for another Definitive Note, (x) the Trustee shall cancel the Definitive Note being transferred or exchanged, (y) the Issuer shall execute,
and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, one or more new Definitive Notes in authorized denominations having an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such transfer or exchange to the transferee (in
the case of a transfer) or the Holder of the canceled Definitive Note (in the case of an exchange), registered in the name of such transferee or Holder, as applicable, and (z) if such transfer or exchange involves less than the entire principal
amount of the canceled Definitive Note, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery to the Holder thereof, one or more Definitive Notes in authorized denominations having an aggregate principal amount
equal to the untransferred or unexchanged portion of the canceled Definitive Notes, registered in the name of the Holder thereof. 
 Section 2.02. Execution and Authentication. One Officer shall sign the Notes for the Issuer by manual or facsimile signature. If the Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that
office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless. 
 A Note shall not be valid until
an authorized officer of the Trustee manually authenticates the Note. The signature of the Trustee on a Security shall be conclusive evidence that such Note has been duly and validly authenticated and issued under this Indenture. A Note shall be
dated the date of its authentication. 
 At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture,
the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery: (1) Initial Notes for original issue on the Issue Date in an aggregate principal amount of $325,000,000, (2) subject to the terms of this Indenture, Additional Notes for
original issue in an unlimited principal amount, (3) Exchange Notes for issue only in an exchange offer pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement or upon resale under an effective Shelf Registration Statement, and only in exchange for
Initial Notes or Additional Notes of an equal principal amount and (4) under the circumstances set forth in Section 2.06(e), Initial Notes in the form of an Unrestricted Global Note, in each case upon a written order of the Issuer signed
by one Officer (the “Issuer Order”). Such Issuer Order shall specify whether the Notes shall be in the form of Definitive Notes or Global Notes, the amount of the Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the original issue of
Notes is to be authenticated and whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes, Additional Notes or Exchange Notes. 

  
 50 

 The Trustee may appoint an agent (the “Authenticating Agent”) reasonably
acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate the Notes. Any such instrument shall be evidenced by an instrument signed by a Trust Officer, a copy of which shall be furnished to the Issuer. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, any such
Authenticating Agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by the Authenticating Agent. An Authenticating Agent has the same rights as any
Registrar, Paying Agent or agent for service of notices and demands. 
 In case the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor, pursuant
to Article 4 or Section 10.02, as applicable, shall be consolidated or merged with or into any other Person or shall convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, and the
successor Person resulting from such consolidation, or surviving such merger, or into which the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor shall have been merged, or the Person which shall have received a conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition as
aforesaid, shall have executed an indenture supplemental hereto with the Trustee pursuant to Article 4 or Section 10.02, as applicable, any of the Notes authenticated or delivered prior to such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer, lease
or other disposition may (but shall not be required), from time to time, at the request of the successor Person, be exchanged for other Notes executed in the name of the successor Person with such changes in phraseology and form as may be
appropriate, but otherwise in substance of like tenor as the Notes surrendered for such exchange and of like principal amount; and the Trustee, upon the Issuer Order of the successor Person, shall authenticate and make available for delivery Notes
as specified in such order for the purpose of such exchange. If Notes shall at any time be authenticated and delivered in any new name of a successor Person pursuant to this Section 2.02 in exchange or substitution for or upon registration of
transfer of any Notes, such successor Person, at the option of the Holders but without expense to them, shall provide for the exchange of all Notes at the time outstanding for Notes authenticated and delivered in such new name. 

Section 2.03. Registrar and Paying Agent. The Issuer shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for
registration of transfer or for exchange (the “Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (the “Paying Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their
transfer and exchange (the “Notes Register”). The Issuer may have one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent and the term
“Registrar” includes any co-registrar. 
 The Issuer shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any
Registrar or Paying Agent not a party to this Indenture, which shall incorporate the terms of the TIA. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this 

  
 51 

 
Indenture that relate to such agent. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of each such agent. If the Issuer fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall
act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 7.07. The Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or transfer agent. 

The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar and Paying Agent for the Notes. The Issuer may change any Registrar or Paying
Agent without prior notice to the Holders, but upon written notice to such Registrar or Paying Agent and to the Trustee; provided, however, that no such removal shall become effective until (a) acceptance of any appointment by a
successor as evidenced by an appropriate agreement entered into by the Issuer and such successor Registrar or Paying Agent, as the case may be, and delivered to the Trustee or (b) notification to the Trustee that the Trustee shall serve as
Registrar or Paying Agent until the appointment of a successor in accordance with clause (a) above. The Registrar or Paying Agent may resign at any time upon written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee 

Section 2.04. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. By no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date on which any
principal of, premium, if any, or interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on any Note is due and payable, the Issuer shall deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient in immediately available funds to pay such principal, premium or
interest, including Additional Interest, if any, when due. The Issuer shall require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that such Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by
such Paying Agent for the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes (whether such assets have been distributed to it by the Issuer or other obligors on the Notes), shall notify the
Trustee in writing of any default by the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor in making any such payment and shall during the continuance of any default by the Issuer (or any other obligor upon the Notes) in the making of any payment in respect of the
Notes, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith deliver to the Trustee all sums held in trust by such Paying Agent for payment in respect of the Notes together with a full accounting thereof. If the Issuer or a Subsidiary of the Issuer
acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold it as a separate trust fund. The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account
for any funds or assets disbursed by such Paying Agent. Upon complying with this Section 2.04, the Paying Agent (if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary of the Issuer) shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee.
Upon any bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding with respect to the Issuer, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes. 

  
 52 

 Section 2.05. Holder Lists. The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as
is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, or to the extent otherwise required under the TIA, the
Issuer, on its own behalf and on behalf of each of the Subsidiary Guarantors, shall furnish or cause the Registrar to furnish to the Trustee, in writing at least five Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the
Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Holders and the Issuer shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). 

Section 2.06. Transfer and Exchange. (a) A Holder may transfer a Note (or a beneficial interest therein) to another
Person or exchange a Note (or a beneficial interest therein) for another Note or Notes of any authorized denomination by presenting to the Trustee a written request therefor stating the name of the proposed transferee or requesting such an exchange,
accompanied by any certification, opinion or other document required by this Section 2.06. The Trustee shall promptly register any transfer or exchange that meets the requirements of this Section 2.06 by noting the same in the register
maintained by the Trustee for the purpose, and no transfer or exchange shall be effective until it is registered in such register. The transfer or exchange of any Note (or a beneficial interest therein) may only be made in accordance with this
Section 2.06 and Section 2.01(e) and 2.01(f), as applicable, and, in the case of a Global Note (or a beneficial interest therein), the applicable rules and procedures of DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream. The Trustee shall refuse to register
any requested transfer or exchange that does not comply with this paragraph. 
 (b) Transfers of Rule 144A Notes and
Institutional Accredited Investor Notes. The following provisions shall apply with respect to any proposed registration of transfer of a Rule 144A Note or an Institutional Accredited Investor Note prior to the date which is one year after the
later of the date of the Issue Date, the issue date of any Additional Notes and the last date on which the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer was the owner of such Notes and the Guarantees (or any predecessor of this Note and the Guarantees) (the
“Resale Restriction Termination Date”): 
 (i) a registration of transfer of a Rule 144A Note or
an Institutional Accredited Investor Note or a beneficial interest therein to a QIB shall be made upon the representation of the transferee in the form as set forth on the reverse of the Note that it is purchasing for its own account or an account
with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a QIB, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the
Issuer as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such 

  
 53 

 
information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A; provided that no
such written representation or other written certification shall be required in connection with the transfer of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note to a transferee in the form of a beneficial interest in that Rule 144A Global Note in
accordance with this Indenture and the applicable procedures of DTC. 
 (ii) a registration of transfer of a Rule
144A Note or an Institutional Accredited Investor Note or a beneficial interest therein to an IAI shall be made upon receipt by the Trustee or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Section 2.07 from the proposed
transferee and, if requested by the Issuer, the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to it; and 
 (iii) a registration of transfer of a Rule 144A Note or an Institutional Accredited Investor Note or a beneficial interest therein to a Non-U.S. Person shall be made upon receipt by the Trustee or its
agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Section 2.08 from the proposed transferee and, if requested by the Issuer, the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to it.

 (c) Transfers of Regulation S Notes. The following provisions shall apply with respect to any proposed transfer of a
Regulation S Note prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period: 
 (i) a transfer of a Regulation S Note or a
beneficial interest therein to a QIB shall be made upon the representation of the transferee, in the form of assignment on the reverse of note, that it is purchasing the Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole
investment discretion and that it and any such account is a QIB, is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuer as the undersigned has requested
pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A; 

(ii) a transfer of a Regulation S Note or a beneficial interest therein to an IAI shall be made upon receipt by the
Trustee or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Section 2.07 from the proposed transferee and, if requested by the Issuer or the Trustee, the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certification and/or other information
satisfactory to each of them; and 

  
 54 

 (iii) a transfer of a Regulation S Note or a beneficial interest therein to
a Non-U.S. Person shall be made upon receipt by the Trustee or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Section 2.08 hereof from the proposed transferee and, if requested by the Issuer, receipt by the Trustee or its
agent of an opinion of counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to the Issuer. 
 After the expiration of
the Restricted Period, interests in the Regulation S Note may be transferred in accordance with applicable law without requiring the certification set forth in Section 2.07, Section 2.08 or any additional certification. 

(d) Restricted Notes Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes not bearing a Restricted Notes Legend, the
Registrar shall deliver Notes that do not bear a Restricted Notes Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes bearing a Restricted Notes Legend, the Registrar shall deliver only Notes that bear a Restricted Notes Legend unless
(i) Initial Notes are being exchanged for Exchange Notes in an exchange offer pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, in which case the Exchange Notes shall not bear a Restricted Notes Legend, (ii) an Initial Note is being
transferred pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement or other effective registration statement, (iii) Initial Notes are being exchanged for Notes that do not bear the Restricted Notes Legend in accordance with Section 2.06(e) or
(iv) there is delivered to the Registrar an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer and the Trustee to the effect that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance
with the provisions of the Securities Act. Any Additional Notes sold in a registered offering shall not be required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend. 
 (e) Automatic Exchange from Global Note Bearing Restricted Notes Legend to Global Note Not Bearing Restricted Notes Legend. Upon the Issuer’s satisfaction that the Restricted Notes Legend
shall no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act, beneficial interests in a Global Note bearing the Restricted Notes Legend (a “Restricted Global Note”) may be automatically exchanged into
beneficial interests in a Global Note not bearing the Restricted Notes Legend (an “Unrestricted Global Note”) without any action required by or on behalf of the Holder (the “Automatic Exchange”) at any time on or
after the later of the Issue Date or, if any Additional Notes have been issued, the issue date of such Additional Notes, or, in each case, if such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (the “Automatic Exchange
Date”). Upon the Issuer’s satisfaction that the Restricted Notes Legend shall no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act, the Issuer may pursuant to the rules and procedures (i) provide written
notice to DTC at least fifteen (15) calendar days prior to the Automatic Exchange Date, instructing DTC to exchange all of the outstanding beneficial interests in a particular Restricted Global Note to the Unrestricted Global Note, which the

  
 55 

 
Issuer shall have previously otherwise made eligible for exchange with the DTC, (ii) provide prior written notice (the “Automatic Exchange Notice”) to each Holder at
such Holder’s address appearing in the register of Holders at least fifteen (15) calendar days prior to the Automatic Exchange Date (the “Automatic Exchange Notice Date”), which notice must include (w) the Automatic
Exchange Date, (x) the section of the Indenture pursuant to which the Automatic Exchange shall occur, (y) the “CUSIP” number of the Restricted Global Note from which such Holder’s beneficial interests shall be transferred
and the (z) “CUSIP” number of the Unrestricted Global Note into which such Holder’s beneficial interests shall be transferred, and (iii) on or prior to the Automatic Exchange Date, deliver to the Trustee for authentication
one or more Unrestricted Global Notes, duly executed by the Issuer, in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Restricted Global Notes to be exchanged. At the Issuer’s request on no less than five
(5) calendar days’ notice, the Trustee shall deliver, in the Issuer’s name and at its expense, the Automatic Exchange Notice to each Holder at such Holder’s address appearing in the register of Holders. Notwithstanding anything
to the contrary in this Section 2.06(e), during the fifteen (15) day period prior to the Automatic Exchange Date, no transfers or exchanges other than pursuant to this Section 2.06(e) shall be permitted without the prior written
consent of the Issuer. As a condition to any Automatic Exchange, the Issuer shall provide, and the Trustee shall be entitled to rely upon, an Officer’s Certificate in form reasonably acceptable to the Trustee to the effect that the Automatic
Exchange shall be effected in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Restricted Notes Legend shall no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and that
the aggregate principal amount of the particular Restricted Global Note is to be transferred to the particular Unrestricted Global Note by adjustment made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary to reflect the Automatic
Exchange. Upon such exchange of beneficial interests pursuant to this Section 2.06(e), the aggregate principal amount of the Global Notes shall be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the
Depositary, to reflect the relevant increase or decrease in the principal amount of such Global Note resulting from the applicable exchange. The Restricted Global Note from which beneficial interests are transferred pursuant to an Automatic Exchange
shall be canceled following the Automatic Exchange. 
 (f) Retention of Written Communications. The Registrar shall
retain copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to Section 2.01 or this Section 2.06. The Issuer shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written
communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable prior written notice to the Registrar. 
 (g) Obligations
with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Notes. 

  
 56 

 (i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall,
subject to the other terms and conditions of this Article 2, execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes and Global Notes at the Registrar’s request. 

(ii) No service charge shall be made to a Holder for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer may require
the Holder to pay a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax assessments or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments or similar governmental charges payable upon exchange or
transfer pursuant to Sections Section 2.01(f)(i), 2.09, 2.11, 3.05, 3.09, 5.06 or 9.05). 
 (iii) The Issuer
(and the Registrar) shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Note (A) for a period beginning (1) 15 days before the mailing of a notice of an offer to repurchase or redeem Notes and ending at the close of
business on the day of such mailing or (2) 15 days before an interest payment date and ending on such interest payment date or (B) called for redemption, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. 

(iv) Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Issuer, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or
the Registrar may deem and treat the person in whose name a Note is registered as the owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of, premium, if any, and (subject to paragraph 2 of the forms of Notes attached hereto as
Exhibits A and B) interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, including without limitation the transfer or exchange of such Note, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Issuer,
the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 
 (v) Any Definitive
Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.01(e) shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.06(d), bear the applicable legend regarding transfer restrictions applicable to the Definitive Note
set forth in Section 2.01(d). 
 (vi) All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms
of this Indenture shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange. 
 (h) No Obligation of the Trustee. (i) The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a member of, or a participant in, DTC or other Person with
respect to the accuracy of the 

  
 57 

 
records of DTC or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial
owner or other Person (other than DTC) of any notice (including any notice of redemption or purchase) or the payment of any amount or delivery of any Notes (or other security or property) under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and
communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders in respect of the Notes shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the registered Holders (which shall be DTC or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The
rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through DTC subject to the applicable rules and procedures of DTC. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by DTC with respect to
its members, participants and any beneficial owners. 
 (ii) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to
monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among DTC
participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this
Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof. Neither the Trustee nor any of its agents shall have any responsibility for any actions taken or not taken by DTC. 

Section 2.07. Form of Certificate to be Delivered in Connection With Transfers to Institutional Accredited Investors. 

 [Date] 
 RadioShack Corporation 
 c/o Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 

201 Main Street, 3rd Floor, Suite 301 
 Fort
Worth, Texas 76102 
 Attention: John Stohlmann, Vice President 
 Telecopy: 817-885-8650 
 Email: john.stohlmann@wellsfargo.com 

Ladies and Gentlemen: 
 This
certificate is delivered to request a transfer of $[        ] principal amount of the 6.750% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2019 (the “Notes”) of RadioShack Corporation (the
“Issuer”). 

  
 58 

 Upon transfer, the Notes would be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as
follows: 
  

					
	 Name:
	 	  
	 	

					
			
	 Address:
	 	  
	 	

					
			
	 Taxpayer ID Number:
	 	  
	 	

 The undersigned represents and warrants to you that: 

1. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”)) (“Institutional Accredited Investor”) purchasing for our own account or for the account of such an Institutional Accredited Investor at least $250,000 principal amount
of the Notes, and we are acquiring the Notes not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act. We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable
of evaluating the merits and risk of our investment in the Notes and we invest in or purchase securities similar to the Notes in the normal course of our business. We and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk
of our or its investment. 
 2. We understand that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and, unless so
registered, may not be sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree on our own behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing Notes to offer, sell or otherwise transfer such Notes prior to the date which is
one year after the later of the original Issue Date of the Initial Notes, the issue date of any Additional Notes of the same series and the last day on which the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer was the owner of the Note and the related
guarantees (or any predecessor of this Note and the related guarantees) (the “Resale Restriction Termination Date”) only (a) to the Issuer or any Subsidiary thereof, (b) pursuant to an effective registration statement
under the Securities Act, (c) for so long as the Notes are eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act (“Rule 144A”), to a person we reasonably believe is a “Qualified Institutional Buyer”
defined in Rule 144A that purchases for its own account or for the account of a Qualified Institutional Buyer to whom notice is given that the transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, (d) pursuant to offers and sales to non-U.S. persons
that occur outside the United States within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act or (e) pursuant to any other available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, subject in each of the foregoing cases
to any requirement of law that the disposition of our property or the property of such investor account or accounts be at all times within our or their control and in compliance with any applicable state securities laws. The

  
 59 

 
foregoing restrictions on resale shall not apply subsequent to the Resale Restriction Termination Date. If any resale or other transfer of the Notes is proposed to be made to an Institutional
Accredited Investor pursuant to clause (e) above prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, the transferor shall deliver a letter from the transferee substantially in the form of this letter to the Issuer and the Trustee, which shall
provide, among other things, that the transferee is an Institutional Accredited Investor and that it is acquiring such Notes for investment purposes and not for distribution in violation of the Securities Act. Each purchaser acknowledges that the
Issuer and the Trustee reserve the right prior to any offer, sale or other transfer prior to the Resale Termination Date of the Notes pursuant to clauses (d) or (e) above to require the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certifications
and/or other information satisfactory to the Issuer and the Trustee. 
 3. We [are][are not] an Affiliate of the Issuer.

 You and the Issuer are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy
hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. 
  

					
		 	TRANSFEREE:	  	  

					
			
		 	BY:	  	  

 Section 2.08. Form of Certificate to be Delivered in Connection With Transfers Pursuant to Regulation S.  

[Date] 

RadioShack Corporation 
 c/o Wells Fargo Bank,
National Association 
 201 Main Street, 3rd Floor, Suite 301 
 Fort Worth, Texas 76102 
 Attention: John Stohlmann, Vice President 

Telecopy: 817-885-8650 
 Email:
john.stohlmann@wellsfargo.com 
         Re:     RadioShack
Corporation (the “Issuer”) 
         6.750% Senior Unsecured Notes due
2019 (the “Notes”) 
 Ladies and Gentlemen: 
 In connection with our proposed sale of $[        ] aggregate principal amount of the Notes, we confirm that such sale has been effected pursuant to and

  
 60 

 
in accordance with Regulation S under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, we represent that: 

(a) the offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United States; 

(b) either (i) at the time the buy order was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or we and any
person acting on our behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States or (ii) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated off-shore securities market and neither we nor any person
acting on our behalf knows that the transaction has been pre-arranged with a buyer in the United States; 
 (c)
no directed selling efforts have been made in the United States in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(a)(2) or Rule 904(a)(2) of Regulation S, as applicable; and 

(d) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

 In addition, if the sale is made during a restricted period and the provisions of Rule 903(b)(2) or Rule 904(b)(1) of
Regulation S are applicable thereto, we confirm that such sale has been made in accordance with the applicable provisions of Rule 903(b)(2) or Rule 904(b)(1), as the case may be. 

We also hereby certify that we [are][are not] an Affiliate of the Issuer and, to our knowledge, the transferee of the Notes [is][is not]
an Affiliate of the Issuer. 
 You and the Issuer are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to
produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this certificate have the meanings set forth in Regulation S.

  

					
	Very truly yours,	  	
		
	[Name of Transferor]	  	
			
	By:	  	  
	  	
		
	  
	  	
			
		  	    Authorized Signature	  	

  
 61 

 Section 2.09. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes. If a mutilated Note is
surrendered to the Registrar or if the Holder of a Note claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the
Uniform Commercial Code are met, such that the Holder (a) satisfies the Issuer or the Trustee that such Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken within a reasonable time after such Holder has notice of such loss, destruction or
wrongful taking and the Registrar has not registered a transfer prior to receiving such notification, (b) makes such request to the Issuer or Trustee prior to the Note being acquired by a protected purchaser as defined in Section 8-303 of
the Uniform Commercial Code (a “protected purchaser”) and (c) satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Trustee; provided, however, if after the delivery of such replacement Note, a protected purchaser of
the Note for which such replacement Note was issued presents for payment or registration such replaced Note, the Trustee or the Issuer shall be entitled to recover such replacement Note from the Person to whom it was issued and delivered or any
Person taking therefrom, except a protected purchaser, and shall be entitled to recover upon the security or indemnity provided therefor to the extent of any loss, damage, cost or expense incurred by the Issuer or the Trustee in connection
therewith. If required by the Trustee or the Issuer, such Holder shall furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of the Issuer and the Trustee to protect the Issuer, the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Registrar from any loss which any
of them may suffer if a Note is replaced, and, in the absence of notice to the Issuer, any Subsidiary Guarantor or the Trustee that such Note has been acquired by a protected purchaser, the Issuer shall execute, and upon receipt of an Issuer Order,
the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, in exchange for any such mutilated Note or in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a new Note of like tenor and principal amount, bearing a number not contemporaneously
outstanding. 
 In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note has become or is about to become due and payable, the
Issuer in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Note, pay such Note. 
 Upon the issuance of any new Note under this
Section 2.09, the Issuer may require that such Holder pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of counsel and of the
Trustee) in connection therewith. 
 Subject to the proviso in the initial paragraph of this Section 2.09, every new Note
issued pursuant to this Section in lieu of any mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Issuer, any Subsidiary Guarantor (if applicable) and any other obligor upon the Notes,
whether or not the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be at any 

  
 62 

 
time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Notes duly issued hereunder. 

The provisions of this Section 2.09 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with
respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes. 
 Section 2.10. Outstanding Notes.
Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those cancelled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section as not outstanding. A Note does not cease to be outstanding in
the event the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer holds the Note; provided, however, that (i) for purposes of determining which are outstanding for consent or voting purposes hereunder, the provisions of Section 12.06 shall
apply and (ii) in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in making a determination whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of outstanding Notes are present at a meeting of Holders of Notes for quorum purposes or have
consented to or voted in favor of any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver, amendment or modification hereunder, or relying upon any such quorum, consent or vote, only Notes which a Trust Officer of the Trustee actually
knows to be held by the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer shall not be considered outstanding. 
 If a Note is replaced
pursuant to Section 2.09 (other than a mutilated Note surrendered for replacement), it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee and the Issuer receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser. A
mutilated Note ceases to be outstanding upon surrender of such Note and replacement pursuant to Section 2.09. 
 If the
Paying Agent segregates and holds in trust, in accordance with this Indenture, on a Redemption Date or maturity date money sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest, including Additional Interest, if any, payable on that
date with respect to the Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed or maturing, as the case may be, and the Paying Agent is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, then on and after
that date such Notes (or portions thereof) cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue. 

Section 2.11. Temporary Notes. In the event that Definitive Notes are to be issued under the terms of this Indenture, until
such Definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form, and shall carry all rights, of Definitive Notes but may have variations that
the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes. After the preparation of Definitive Notes, the temporary Notes shall be exchangeable for
Definitive 

  
 63 

 
Notes upon surrender of the temporary Notes at any office or agency maintained by the Issuer for that purpose and such exchange shall be without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for
cancellation of any one or more temporary Notes, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery in exchange therefor, one or more Definitive Notes representing an equal principal amount of Notes. Until
so exchanged, the Holder of temporary Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as a Holder of Definitive Notes. 
 Section 2.12. Cancellation. The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to
them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation and dispose of such Notes in accordance with its internal policies
and customary procedures including delivery of a certificate describing such Notes disposed (subject to the record retention requirements of the Exchange Act) or deliver copies of canceled Notes to the Issuer pursuant to written direction by one
Officer. If the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor acquires any of the Notes, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the Indebtedness represented by such Notes unless and until the same are surrendered to the Trustee
for cancellation pursuant to this Section 2.12. The Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes it has paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for any reason other than in connection with a transfer or exchange. 

At such time as all beneficial interests in a Global Note have either been exchanged for Definitive Notes, transferred, redeemed,
repurchased or canceled, such Global Note shall be returned by DTC to the Trustee for cancellation or retained and canceled by the Trustee. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for
Definitive Notes, transferred in exchange for an interest in another Global Note, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced and an adjustment shall be made on the books and
records of the Trustee (if it is then the Notes Custodian for such Global Note) with respect to such Global Note, by the Trustee or the Notes Custodian, to reflect such reduction. 

Section 2.13. Payment of Interest; Defaulted Interest. Interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on any Note which is
payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any interest payment date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the regular record date for such
payment at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.03. 

  
 64 

 Any interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on any Note which is payable, but is
not paid when the same becomes due and payable and such nonpayment continues for a period of 30 days shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on the regular record date, and such defaulted interest and (to the extent lawful) interest on
such defaulted interest at the rate borne by the Notes (such defaulted interest and interest thereon herein collectively called “Defaulted Interest”) shall be paid by the Issuer, at its election in each case, as provided in clause
(a) or (b) below: 
 (a) The Issuer may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the
Notes (or their respective predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date (as defined below) for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner. The Issuer shall notify the
Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date (not less than 30 days after such notice) of the proposed payment (the “Special Interest Payment Date”), and at the same time the
Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the
proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this Section 2.13(a). Thereupon the Issuer shall fix a record date (the “Special Record
Date”) for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which date shall be not more than 15 days and not less than 10 days prior to the Special Interest Payment Date and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of
the proposed payment. The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee of such Special Record Date, and in the name and at the expense of the Issuer, the Trustee shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special
Record Date and Special Interest Payment Date therefor to be given in the manner provided for in Section 12.02, not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special
Record Date and Special Interest Payment Date therefor having been so given, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid on the Special Interest Payment Date to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective predecessor Notes) are registered at
the close of business on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the provisions in Section 2.13(b). 
 (b) The Issuer may make payment of any Defaulted Interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such
notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Issuer to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this Section 2.13(b), such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee. 

  
 65 

 Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.13, each Note delivered under
this Indenture upon registration of, transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Note. 

Section 2.14. CUSIP, Common Code And ISIN Numbers. The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP”, “Common
Code” and “ISIN” numbers and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP”, “Common Code” and “ISIN” numbers in notices of redemption or purchase as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that
any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption or purchase and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification
numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption or purchase shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such CUSIP, Common Code and ISIN numbers. The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP,
Common Code and ISIN numbers. 
 ARTICLE 3 
 COVENANTS 
 Section 3.01. Payment of Notes. The Issuer
shall pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and in this Indenture. Principal, premium, if any, and interest, including Additional
Interest, if any, shall be considered paid on the date due if on such date the Trustee or the Paying Agent holds in accordance with this Indenture money sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest, including Additional Interest,
if any, then due. 
 The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate specified therefor in the Notes, and it
shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest, including Additional Interest, if any, at the same rate to the extent lawful. 
 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture, the Issuer may, to the extent it is required to do so by law, deduct or withhold income or other similar taxes imposed by the United
States of America from principal or interest payments hereunder. 
 Section 3.02. Limitation on Incurrence of
Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock. (a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become
directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise (collectively, “incur” and collectively, an “incurrence”), with respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and the Issuer shall not issue
any shares of Disqualified Stock and 

  
 66 

 
shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; provided, however, that the Issuer may incur Indebtedness (including
Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock and issue shares of Preferred Stock, if the Fixed
Charge Coverage Ratio on a consolidated basis for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional
Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional
Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period; provided, further,
that Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries may not incur Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 3.02(a) if, after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence or issuance (including a pro forma application of the net
proceeds therefrom), more than an aggregate of $50.0 million of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries would be outstanding pursuant to this Section 3.02(a) at such time. 

(b) The limitations of Section 3.02(a) shall not apply to: 

(i) the incurrence of Indebtedness under Credit Facilities by the Issuer or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors and the
issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof), up to an aggregate principal amount
not to exceed the greater of (A) $450.0 million outstanding at any one time less the outstanding principal amount of any Qualified Securitization Financing and (B) the Borrowing Base Amount; 

(ii) the incurrence by the Issuer and any Subsidiary Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by the Notes (including any
Guarantee) (other than any Additional Notes) and exchange notes issued in respect of such Notes and any Guarantee thereof; 
 (iii) Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness described in Sections 3.02(b)(i) and 3.02(b)(ii)); 

(iv) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) incurred or, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock issued by
the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, to finance the purchase, lease or 

  
 67 

 
improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Similar Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such
assets; provided that the aggregate amount of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this Section 3.02(b)(iv), when aggregated with the outstanding amount of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and
Preferred Stock under Section 3.02(b)(xiii) incurred to refinance Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock initially incurred in reliance on this Section 3.02(b)(iv), does not exceed the greater of (x) $40.0 million and
(y) 2.0% of the Issuer’s Total Assets at any one time outstanding; 
 (v) Indebtedness incurred by the
Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including, without limitation, letters of credit or other Indebtedness with respect to
reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self insurance; provided, however, that upon the drawing of such
letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence; 
 (vi) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed
in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of
financing such acquisition; provided, however, that 
 (A) such Indebtedness is not reflected on
the balance sheet of the Issuer, or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries prepared in accordance with GAAP (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet shall not be deemed to
be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this Section 3.02(b)(vi)(A)); and 
 (B) with respect to
a disposition, the maximum assumable liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds including non-cash proceeds (the fair market value of such non-cash proceeds being measured at the time received and
without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value) actually received by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition; 

  
 68 

 (vii) Indebtedness of the Issuer to a Restricted Subsidiary; provided
that any such Indebtedness owing to a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes; provided, further, that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which
results in any Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such
Indebtedness not permitted by this Section 3.02(b)(vii); 
 (viii) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary
owing to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if a Subsidiary Guarantor incurs such Indebtedness owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right
of payment to the Guarantee of the Notes of such Subsidiary Guarantor; provided further that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a
Restricted Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this
Section 3.02(b)(viii); 
 (ix) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Issuer or
another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of
any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Issuer or another of its Restricted Subsidiaries) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock not permitted by this Section 3.02(b)(ix); 

(x) Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes) for the purpose of limiting
interest rate risk, exchange rate risk or commodity pricing risk; 
 (xi) obligations in respect of performance,
bid, appeal and surety bonds, performance and completion guarantees and similar obligations or obligations in respect of letters of credit related thereto provided by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of
business; 
 (xii) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Issuer and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or
Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, which when aggregated with the 

  
 69 

 
principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (12), does not at any one time
outstanding exceed $100.0 million; 
 (xiii) the incurrence or issuance by the Issuer of Indebtedness or
Disqualified Stock or the incurrence or issuance by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock which serves to refund, refinance, replace, renew, extend or defease any Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock
or Preferred Stock issued as permitted under Sections 3.02(a), 3.02(b)(ii), 3.02(b)(iii), 3.02(b)(iv); 3.02(b)(xiii) and Section 3.02(b)(xiv) or any Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued to so refund, refinance,
replace, renew, extend or defease such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock including additional Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued to pay premiums (including tender premiums), defeasance costs and
fees in connection therewith (the “Refinancing Indebtedness”) prior to its respective maturity; provided, however, that such Refinancing Indebtedness: 

(A) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than
the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being refunded or refinanced; 
 (B) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances (i) Indebtedness subordinated or pari passu to the Notes or any Guarantee thereof, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated or pari
passu to the Notes or the Guarantee at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced or refunded or (ii) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must be Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock,
respectively; 
 (C) shall not include: 

(x) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness,
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer; 
 (y) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock
of a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary that 

  
 70 

 
refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary Guarantor; or 
 (z) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 (D) shall not be in a principal amount in excess of the principal amount of, premium, if any, accrued interest
on and related fees and expenses (including tender premiums) of, the Indebtedness being refunded or refinanced; or 
 (E) shall not have a Stated Maturity date prior to the earlier of the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being so refunded or refinanced or the Stated Maturity of the Notes; 

and provided further that subclauses (A) and (E) of this clause (13) shall not apply to any refunding, refinancing, replacing,
renewing, extending or defeasing of any Secured Indebtedness; 
 (xiv) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or
Preferred Stock of (x) the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary incurred or issued to finance an acquisition or (y) Persons that are acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into or consolidated with the Issuer or a
Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; provided that after giving effect to such acquisition, merger or consolidation, either 

(A) the Issuer would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage
Ratio test set forth in the first sentence of Section 3.02(a), or 
 (B) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of
the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries is greater than immediately prior to such acquisition, merger or consolidation; 
 (xv) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds or from other cash management activities, in
each case in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of its incurrence; 
 (xvi) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to the ABL 

  
 71 

 
Credit Facility, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit; 
 (xvii)(A) any guarantee by the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness is permitted under the
terms of the Indenture; provided that if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, any such guarantee of the Issuer or such Subsidiary Guarantor with respect to
such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Subsidiary Guarantors’ Guarantee with respect to the Notes substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Guarantee of such
Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable; 
 (B) any guarantee by a Subsidiary Guarantor of Indebtedness of the
Issuer; provided that such guarantee is incurred in accordance with Section 3.07; provided, further that if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, any such guarantee of such
Subsidiary Guarantor with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Subsidiary Guarantors’ Guarantee with respect to the Notes substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is
subordinated to the Notes, as applicable or 
 (C) any guarantee by a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary of Indebtedness of
another Non-Guarantor Subsidiary incurred in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; 
 (xviii) Indebtedness
of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Issuer incurred not to exceed the greater of (x) $50.0 million and (y) 20% of Total Assets of Foreign Subsidiaries at any one time outstanding; and 

(xix) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (i) the financing of insurance
premiums or (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business; 
 (c) For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant: 

(i) in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the
criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in Section 3.02(b)(i) through Section 

  
 72 

 
3.02(b)(xix) or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 3.02(a), the Issuer, in its sole discretion, shall classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or
Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) and shall only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in one of the clauses set forth in Section 3.02(a) or Section 3.02(b).
Additionally, all or any portion of any item of Indebtedness may later be classified as having been incurred pursuant to any category of permitted Indebtedness described in Section 3.02(b)(i) through Section 3.02(b)(xix) or pursuant to
Section 3.02(a) so long as such Indebtedness is permitted to be incurred pursuant to such provision at the time of reclassification. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all Indebtedness outstanding under the ABL Credit Facility on the Issue Date
shall be treated as incurred on the Issue Date under Section 3.02(b)(i) and may not later be reclassified; and 
 (ii) at the time of incurrence, the Issuer shall be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in Sections 3.02(a) and 3.02(b).

 (d) Accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue
discount and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock for purposes of this
Section 3.02. 
 (e) For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence
of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term
debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S.
dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal
amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced. 
 (f) The
principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which
such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing. 

  
 73 

 (g) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to, directly or
indirectly, incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) that is subordinated or junior in right of payment to any Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is expressly
subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Guarantee to the extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated to other Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may
be. 
 (h) This Indenture shall not treat, (1) unsecured Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness
merely because it is unsecured or (2) Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to any other Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral or is secured by different collateral. 

Section 3.03. Limitation on Restricted Payments. (a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly: 
 (i) declare or pay any dividend or make any payment or distribution
on account of the Issuer’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation other than: 

(A) dividends or distributions by the Issuer payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the
Issuer; or 
 (B) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or any other Restricted
Subsidiary (and if such Restricted Subsidiary is not a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, to its other holders of common stock on a pro rata basis) so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of
securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or
series of securities; 
 (ii) purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity
Interests of the Issuer, including in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Issuer; 
 (iii)
make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, in each case, prior to any 

  
 74 

 
scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness, other than: 
 (A) Indebtedness permitted under Sections 3.02(b)(vii) and 3.02(b)(viii); or 
 (B) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of Subordinated Indebtedness purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due
within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase or acquisition; or 
 (iv) make any Restricted Investment;

 (all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) above being collectively referred to as
“Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment: 
 (A) no Default shall
have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof; 
 (B) immediately after giving effect
to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Issuer could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 3.02(a); and 
 (C) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (including Restricted Payments
permitted by Sections 3.03(b)(i) and Section 3.03(b)(xii), but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by Section 3.03(b)), is less than the sum of (without duplication): 

(1) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer for the period (taken as one accounting period) commencing
April 1, 2011, to the end of the Issuer’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment, or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a
deficit, minus 100% of such deficit; plus 
 (2) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market
value, as determined in Good Faith by the Issuer, of marketable securities or other property 

  
 75 

 
received by the Issuer since immediately after the Issue Date from the issue or sale of: 
 (x) Equity Interests of the Issuer, including Treasury Capital Stock (as defined below), but excluding cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in Good Faith by the Issuer, of marketable
securities or other property received from the sale of Equity Interests to members of management, members of the board of managers or directors or consultants of the Issuer and the Issuer’s Subsidiaries after the Issue Date to the extent such
amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with Section 3.03(b)(iv); 
 (y) debt
securities of the Issuer that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests of the Issuer; 
 provided,
however, that in addition to the exclusion in Section 3.03(a)(C)(2)(x), this Section 3.03(a)(C)(2) shall not include the proceeds from (V) Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below), (X) Equity Interests or convertible
debt securities of the Issuer sold to a Subsidiary, as the case may be or (Y) Disqualified Stock or debt securities that have been converted into Disqualified Stock; plus 

(3) 100% of the aggregate amount of cash and the fair market value, as determined in Good Faith by the Issuer, of
marketable securities or other property contributed to the capital of the Issuer following the Issue Date (other than net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds are contributed by a Subsidiary); plus 

(4) 100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the fair market value, as determined in Good Faith by the Issuer,
of marketable securities or other property received by means of: 
 (x) the sale or other disposition (other
than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of 

  
 76 

 
Restricted Investments made by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries and
repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Restricted Investments by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case after the Issue Date; or 

(y) the sale (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a
distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than in each case to the extent of the amount of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary made by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Sections 3.03(b)(vi), 3.03(b)(ix) or
3.03(b)(xi) hereof or to the extent of the amount of the Investment that constituted a Permitted Investment) or a dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date; plus 

(5) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or the merger or
consolidation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or the transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, the fair
market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary (or the assets transferred), as determined in Good Faith by the Issuer or, if such fair market value exceeds $50.0 million, in writing by an Independent Financial Advisor, at the time of
the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or at the time of such merger or consolidation or transfer of assets (after taking into consideration any Indebtedness associated with the Unrestricted Subsidiary so
designated or merged or consolidated or Indebtedness associated with the assets so transferred), other than to the extent of the amount of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary made by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to
Sections 3.03(b)(vi), 3.03(b)(ix) or 3.03(b)(xi) hereof or to the 

  
 77 

 
extent of the amount of the Investment that constituted a Permitted Investment. 
 (b) The foregoing provisions of Section 3.03(a) shall not prohibit: 
 (i) the payment of any dividend or distribution within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of the Indenture;

 (ii)(A) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests (“Treasury
Capital Stock”) or Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of, the substantially concurrent sale or issuance (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of, Equity Interests of the Issuer (other than any
Disqualified Stock) (“Refunding Capital Stock”), and (B) the declaration and payment of dividends on Treasury Capital Stock out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale or issuance (other than to a Subsidiary of the
Issuer or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) of Refunding Capital Stock; 
 (iii) the redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of (1) Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the
proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, or (2) Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of proceeds of a
sale made within 90 days of, Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor that, in each case is incurred in compliance with Section 3.02 so long as: 

(A) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such new Indebtedness or the liquidation preference of such
new Disqualified Stock does not exceed the principal amount of (or accreted value, if applicable), plus any accrued and unpaid interest on, the Subordinated Indebtedness or the liquidation preference of, plus any accrued and unpaid dividends on, the
Disqualified Stock being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased, exchanged, acquired or retired for value, plus the amount of any premium (including any tender premiums), defeasance costs and any fees and expenses incurred in connection with such
redemption, repurchase, defeasance, exchange, acquisition or retirement and the issuance of such new Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock; 

  
 78 

 (B) such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the applicable
Guarantee at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so repurchased, defeased, exchanged, redeemed, acquired or retired for value; 
 (C) such new Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the earlier of the final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness or Disqualified
Stock being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased, exchanged, acquired or retired, or the maturity date of the Notes; and 
 (D) such new Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness or
Disqualified Stock being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased, exchanged, acquired or retired; 
 (iv) a Restricted
Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer held by any future, present or former employee, member of the board of directors or
consultant of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries (permitted transferees, assigns, estates or heirs of such employee, director or consultant), pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit
plan or agreement; provided, however, that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause (4) do not exceed in any calendar year $5.0 million (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding
calendar years subject to a maximum (without giving effect to the following proviso) of $10.0 million in any calendar year); provided further that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed: 

(A) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer to any employee,
member of the board of directors or consultant of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries that occurs after the Issue Date, to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied to the payment of
Restricted Payments by virtue of Section 3.03(a)(C); plus 
 (B) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance
policies received by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date; less 

  
 79 

 (C) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the cash
proceeds described in clauses (A) and (B) of this clause (iv); 
 and provided further that cancellation of Indebtedness owing
to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary from any employee, member of the board of directors or consultant of the Issuer or any of the Issuer’s Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Issuer shall
not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this covenant or any other provision of the Indenture; 
 (v) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in accordance with the covenant described
under Section 3.02 to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of “Fixed Charges” ; 
 (vi) any Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (vi) not to exceed the amount of the aggregate net proceeds of this
offering; 
 (vii) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if
such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants; 
 (viii) the
declaration and payment of regular cash dividends on the Issuer’s common stock in an amount up to $0.25 per share of common stock per annum, appropriately adjusted to give effect to any stock splits, reverse stock splits or similar transactions
after the Issue Date, including dividends on any shares of common stock issued after the Issue Date (except to the extent that the proceeds from the issuance of such subsequently issued shares are used to make a Restricted Payment or a Permitted
Investment pursuant to clauses (h) or (l) of the definition thereof); 
 (ix) other Restricted Payments
in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (ix) not to exceed $100.0 million; 
 (x) distributions or payments of Securitization Fees, sales contributions and other transfers of Securitization Assets and purchases of Securitization Assets pursuant to a Securitization Repurchase
Obligation, in each case in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing; 

  
 80 

 (xi) any Restricted Payment so long as the Leverage Ratio is less than 2.00
to 1.00 after giving pro forma effect to such Restricted Payment; 
 (xii) the repurchase, redemption or
other acquisition or retirement for value of any Preferred Stock or Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to Section 3.05 and Section 3.09; provided that all Notes tendered by Holders in connection with a Change of Control Offer or
Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value; and 
 (xiii) cash
payments in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares or interests in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other rights or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock of the Issuer; provided that any such
cash payment shall not be for the purpose of evading the limitation of this covenant; 
 provided however, that at the time of, and after
giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under Sections 3.03(b)(vi), 3.03(b)(viii), 3.03(b)(ix) and 3.03(b)(xi), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof. 

The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the fair market value (as determined in Good Faith by the Issuer) on the
date of such Restricted Payment of the assets or securities proposed to be paid, transferred or issued by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to such Restricted Payment. 

The Issuer shall not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the penultimate sentence of
the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent
repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated shall be deemed to be Investments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of “Investments.” Such designation shall be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in
such amount would be permitted at such time, whether pursuant to this Section 3.03 or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments,” and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
Unrestricted Subsidiaries shall not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants set forth in the Indenture. 

Section 3.04. Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries. (a) The Issuer shall not, and
shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or 

  
 81 

 
suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to: 

(i) (A) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on its Capital
Stock or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or (B) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(ii) make loans or advances to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or 

(iii) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 (b) The restrictions in Section 3.04(a) shall not apply (in each case) for such encumbrances or restrictions existing
under or by reason of: 
 (i) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Issue Date, including
pursuant to the ABL Credit Facility and the related documentation and related Hedging Obligations and Cash Management Obligations; 
 (ii) the Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees (including any exchange notes and related guarantees); 
 (iii) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in Section 3.04(a)(iii) on the property so acquired;

 (iv) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order; 

(v) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in existence at the
time of such acquisition (or at the time it merges with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person (but, in each case, not created in contemplation thereof)), which
encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired; 

(vi) contracts for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of the Issuer
pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary; 

  
 82 

 (vii) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to
the covenants described in Sections 3.02 and 3.06 that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness; 
 (viii) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business; 

(ix) other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred or issued
subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to the provisions of the covenant described in Section 3.02 that impose restrictions solely on the Foreign Subsidiaries party thereto or their Subsidiaries; 

(x) customary provisions in joint venture agreements or arrangements and other similar agreements relating solely to such
joint venture; provided that with respect to any joint venture agreement relating to a Restricted Subsidiary, such provisions shall not materially affect the Issuer’s ability to make anticipated principal or interest payments on the
Notes (as determined in Good Faith by the Issuer); 
 (xi) customary provisions contained in leases, subleases,
licenses, sublicenses or other agreements, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business; 

(xii) any agreement or instrument (A) relating to any Indebtedness or preferred stock of a Restricted Subsidiary
permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to Section 3.02 if the encumbrances and restrictions are not materially more disadvantageous to the Holders than is customary in comparable financings (as determined in Good Faith
by the Issuer) and (B) the Issuer determines that such encumbrance or restriction shall not adversely affect the Issuer’s ability to make principal and interest payments on the Notes as and when they come due; 

(xiii) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of
Section 3.04(a) imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (i) through
(xii) of Section 3.04(b); provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, no more restrictive in
any material respect with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions taken as a whole 

  
 83 

 
than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing; and 

(xiv) restrictions created in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing that, in the good faith determination
of the Issuer, are necessary or advisable to effect such Securitization Facility. 
 Section 3.05. Limitation on Asset
Sales. (a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale, unless: 
 (i) the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value (as determined in Good Faith by the Issuer)
of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of; and 
 (ii) except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least
75% of the consideration therefor received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided that the amount of: 

(A) any liabilities (as shown on the Issuer’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet, or if
incurred or accrued subsequent to the date of such balance sheet, such liabilities that would have been shown on the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary’s balance sheet if such incurrence or accrual had taken place on or prior to the date of
such balance sheet, as determined in Good Faith by the Issuer) of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes, that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets and for which
the Issuer and all of its Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released by all creditors in writing, 
 (B)
any securities or other obligations received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents (to the extent of the cash or Cash Equivalents
received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale, and, 
 (C) any Designated Non-cash
Consideration received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (C) that is at that
time outstanding, that does not exceed the greater of (x) $40.0 million and (y) 2.0% of the 

  
 84 

 
Issuer’s Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the
time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value, 
 shall be deemed to be Cash Equivalents for purposes of this provision
and for no other purpose. 
 (b) Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale, the Issuer or such
Restricted Subsidiary, at its option, may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale, 
 (i) to reduce or repay:

 (A) Obligations under Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Indebtedness) that is secured by a Lien (including
Obligations under the ABL Credit Facility), which Lien is permitted by the Indenture, and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto; 
 (B) Obligations under other Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Indebtedness) (and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto); provided that, to the extent the Issuer reduces
Obligations under such Indebtedness, the Issuer shall equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes as provided under Section 5.07, through open-market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal
amount thereof) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders to purchase their Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest, if any,
and Additional Interest, if any, on the amount of Notes that would otherwise be prepaid; or 
 (C) Indebtedness
of a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary, other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Subsidiary of the Issuer (and correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto); 

(ii) to make (a) an Investment in any one or more businesses; provided that such Investment in any business is
in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Issuer or another of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes or continues to constitute a
Restricted Subsidiary, (b) capital expenditures or (c) 

  
 85 

 
acquisitions of other assets (other than working capital assets), in the case of each of (a), (b) and (c), used or useful in a Similar Business; or 

(iii) to make an Investment in (a) any one or more businesses, provided that such Investment in any business
is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Issuer or another of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes or continues to constitute a
Restricted Subsidiary, (b) properties (other than working capital assets) or (c) acquisitions of other assets (other than working capital assets) that, in the case of each of (a), (b) and (c), replace the businesses, properties and/or
assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale; 
 provided that, in the case of clauses (2) and (3) above, a binding
commitment shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the date of such commitment so long as the Issuer or such other Restricted Subsidiary enters into such commitment with the good faith expectation that such Net Proceeds
shall be applied to satisfy such commitment within 180 days of such commitment (an “Acceptable Commitment”) and, in the event any Acceptable Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before the Net Proceeds are
applied in connection therewith, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into another Acceptable Commitment (a “Second Commitment”) within 180 days of such cancellation or termination; provided further that if any
Second Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before such Net Proceeds are applied, then such Net Proceeds shall constitute “Excess Proceeds”. 

Any Net Proceeds from the Asset Sale that are not invested or applied as provided and within the time period set forth in the first
sentence of this Section 3.05(b) shall be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds.” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $20.0 million, the Issuer shall make an offer to all Holders of the Notes, and, if required by the
terms of any Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes (“Pari Passu Indebtedness”), to the holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness (an “Asset Sale Offer”), to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of
the Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness that is equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount
thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. The Issuer shall commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to
Excess Proceeds within ten Business Days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceed $20.0 million by mailing the notice required pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of
DTC. The Issuer may satisfy the foregoing obligations with respect to such Net Proceeds from an 

  
 86 

 
Asset Sale by making an Asset Sale Offer with respect to such Net Proceeds prior to the expiration of the Application Period. 

To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than
the Excess Proceeds, the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes or the Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by such holders thereof exceeds the amount of
Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and the Issuer or agent for such Pari Passu Indebtedness shall select such Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount, as
applicable, of the Notes or such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero. Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds pursuant to this
Section 3.05, the holder of such Net Proceeds may apply such Net Proceeds temporarily to reduce Indebtedness outstanding under a revolving credit facility or otherwise use such Net Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by the Indenture.

 The Issuer shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and
regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the
provisions of the Indenture, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in the Indenture by virtue thereof. 

Section 3.06. Limitation on Liens. The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to, directly or
indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien (except Permitted Liens) (each, an “Initial Lien”) that secures obligations under any Indebtedness or any related guarantee, on any asset or property of the Issuer or any
Subsidiary Guarantor, or any income or profits therefrom, unless: 
 (a) in the case of Liens securing Subordinated
Indebtedness, the Notes and related Guarantees are secured by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens; or 
 (b) in all other cases, the Notes or the Guarantees are equally and ratably secured, except that the foregoing shall not apply to Liens securing the Notes and the related Guarantees. 

Any Lien created for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes pursuant to this Section 3.06 shall provide by its terms that such Lien
shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the 

  
 87 

 
Initial Lien that gave rise to the obligation to so secure the Notes and the Guarantees. 
 Section 3.07. Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries. (a) The Issuer shall not permit any of its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries
(and non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries if such non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries guarantee other capital markets debt securities of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or guarantee all or a portion of the ABL Credit Facility), other than a Subsidiary
Guarantor, to guarantee the payment of any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any other Subsidiary Guarantor unless: 

(i) such Restricted Subsidiary within 30 days executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to this Indenture and joinder
or supplement to the Registration Rights Agreement providing for a senior Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary, except that with respect to a guarantee of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor, if such Indebtedness is by its
express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Guarantee, any such guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantee
substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Guarantee; provided that 
 (A) if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Guarantee, any such guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary with respect
to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantee with respect to the Notes substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Guarantee of the Notes;
and 
 (B) if the Notes or such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Guarantee are subordinated in right of payment to
such Indebtedness, the Guarantee under the supplemental indenture shall be subordinated to such Restricted Subsidiary’s guarantee with respect to such Indebtedness substantially to the same extent as the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantor’s
Guarantee are subordinated to such Indebtedness; and 
 (ii) such Restricted Subsidiary waives and shall not in
any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any rights of reimbursement, indemnity or subrogation or any other rights against the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary as a result of any payment by 

  
 88 

 such Restricted Subsidiary under its Guarantee until payment in full of
Obligations under this Indenture; and 
 (iii) such Restricted Subsidiary shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion
of Counsel to the effect that: 
 (A) such Guarantee has been duly executed and authorized; and 

(B) such Guarantee constitutes a valid, binding and enforceable obligation of such Restricted Subsidiary, except insofar
as enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws (including, without limitation, all laws relating to fraudulent transfers) and except insofar as enforcement thereof is subject to general principles of equity;

 provided that this Section 3.07 shall not be applicable to any guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary that existed at the time
such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary. 
 The Issuer may elect, in its sole discretion, to cause any Subsidiary that is not otherwise required to be a Subsidiary Guarantor to become a Subsidiary Guarantor, in which case, such Subsidiary shall not
be required to comply with the requirements described above. If the Issuer elects to cause a Subsidiary to become a Subsidiary Guarantor, it may cause the Guarantee of such Subsidiary Guarantor to be released and discharged at any time;
provided that such Subsidiary Guarantor would not be required to provide a Guarantee of the Notes at such time pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant (without giving effect to the 30 day grace period provided therein). 

Section 3.08. Transactions with Affiliates. (a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding,
loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Issuer (each of the foregoing, an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $2.5 million, unless: 

(i) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or its relevant Restricted
Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis; and 

  
 89 

 (ii) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee (A) with respect to any
Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $15.0 million, a resolution adopted by the majority of the board of directors of the Issuer, including a majority of the
disinterested directors, approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (i) of this Section 3.08(a) and (B) with respect to any
Affiliate Transaction involving aggregate payment or consideration in excess of $50.0 million, an opinion by a nationally recognized appraisal, accounting or investment banking firm stating that such transaction is fair, from a financial standpoint,
to the Issuer or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary or stating that the terms of such transaction are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or its relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable
transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis. 
 (b) The
foregoing provisions shall not apply to the following: 
 (i) transactions between or among the Issuer or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (ii) Restricted Payments permitted by the provisions of this Indenture described
above under Section 3.03 and the definition of “Permitted Investments” (other than clauses (a) or (c) thereof); 
 (iii) the payment of reasonable and customary fees and compensation paid to, and indemnities and reimbursements provided for the benefit of, former, current or future officers, directors, employees or
consultants of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as determined in Good Faith by the Issuer; 

(iv) any agreement or arrangement as in effect as of the Issue Date, or any amendment thereto (so long as any such
amendment is not materially disadvantageous to the Holders when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the Issue Date); 
 (v) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of the
Indenture which are fair to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the board of directors of the Issuer or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been
obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party; 

  
 90 

 (vi) if otherwise permitted under this Indenture, the issuance or transfer
of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) to Affiliates of the Issuer and the granting of registration and other customary rights in connection therewith or any contribution to the capital of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 (vii) any customary transaction with a Securitization Subsidiary effected as part of a Qualified
Securitization Financing; 
 (viii) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants of
the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and employment agreements, stock option plans, restricted stock plans, bonus programs and other similar arrangements with such employees or consultants which, in each case, are approved in Good Faith
by the Issuer and in accordance with applicable law; 
 (ix) investments in securities of the Issuer or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries (and payment of reasonable out of pocket fees incurred in connection therewith) so long as (i) the investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and (ii) the
investment constitutes less than 5% of the proposed or outstanding issue amount of such class of securities; 

(x) transactions with a Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Issuer) that is an Affiliate of the Issuer
solely because the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer owns an equity interest in or otherwise controls such Person; and 
 (xi) intellectual property licenses in the ordinary course of business. 

Section 3.09. Change of Control. (a) If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuer has previously or concurrently
mailed a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Notes as described in Section 5.07, the Issuer shall make an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “Change of Control
Offer”) at a price in cash (the “Change of Control Payment”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of purchase, subject to the
right of Holders of record of the Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer shall send notice of such Change of Control Offer by
first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes to the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, with the following information: 

  
 91 

 (i) that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this
Section 3.09, and that all Notes properly tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer shall be accepted for payment by the Issuer; 
 (ii) the purchase price and the purchase date, which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “Change of Control Payment Date”);

 (iii) that any Note not properly tendered shall remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest;

 (iv) that unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for
payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date; 
 (v) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer shall be required to surrender such Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect
Purchase” on the reverse of such Notes completed, to the Paying Agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;

 (vi) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their tendered Notes and their election to require the Issuer
to purchase such Notes; provided that the Paying Agent receives, not later than the expiration time of the Change of Control Offer, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder of the Notes, the
principal amount of Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered Notes and its election to have such Notes purchased; 

(vii) that if the Issuer is redeeming less than all of the Notes, the Holders of the remaining Notes shall be issued new
Notes and such new Notes shall be equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered. The unpurchased portion of the Notes must be equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. 

(viii) if such notice is delivered prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, stating that the Change of Control
Offer is conditional on the occurrence of such Change of Control; and 
 (ix) the other instructions, as
determined by us, consistent with the covenant described hereunder, that a Holder must follow. 

  
 92 

 (b) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent permitted by law,

 (i) accept for payment all Notes issued by it or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of
Control Offer; 
 (ii) deposit with the paying agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Payment
in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered; and 
 (iii) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the
Trustee for cancellation the Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that such Notes or portions thereof have been tendered to and purchased by the Issuer. 

(c) The Issuer shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of
Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such
Change of Control Offer. 
 (d) With respect to the Notes, if Holders of not less than 95% in aggregate principal amount of the
outstanding Notes validly tender and do not withdraw such Notes in a Change of Control Offer and the Issuer, or any third party making a Change of Control Offer in lieu of the Issuer as described above, purchases all of the Notes validly tendered
and not withdrawn by such Holders, the Issuer or such third party will have the right, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, given not more than 30 days following such purchase pursuant to the Change of Control Offer
described in this Section 3.09, to redeem all Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a price in cash equal to the applicable Change of Control Payment plus, to the extent not included in the Change of Control Payment, accrued
and unpaid interest, and Additional Interest, if any, thereon, to the date of redemption. 
 (e) Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary in this Section 3.09, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change
of Control Offer. 
 (f) The Issuer shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other
securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase by the Issuer of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws
or regulations conflict with provisions of this 

  
 93 

 
Indenture, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof.

 Section 3.10. Reports and Other Information. (a) Notwithstanding that the Issuer may not be subject to the
reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or otherwise report on an annual and quarterly basis on forms provided for such annual and quarterly reporting pursuant to rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, the
Issuer shall file with the SEC within 15 days after the time periods specified in those sections for a large accelerated filer, to the extent the Issuer is one, or otherwise for a non-accelerated filer: 

(i) all financial information that would be required to be contained in an annual report on Form 10-K, or any successor or
comparable form, filed with the SEC, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and a report on the annual financial statements by the Issuer’s independent registered
public accounting firm; 
 (ii) all financial information that would be required to be contained in a quarterly
report on Form 10-Q, or any successor or comparable form, filed with the SEC; 
 (iii) all current reports that
would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if the Issuer were required to file such reports; and 

(iv) any other information, documents and other reports which the Issuer would be required to file with the SEC if it were
subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act; 
 in each case, in a manner that complies in all material respects with the
requirements specified in such form. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer shall not be so obligated to file such reports with the SEC if the SEC does not permit such filing, so long as Issuer makes available such information to prospective
purchasers of the Notes, in addition to providing such information to the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes, in each case, at the Issuer’s expense and by the applicable date the Issuer would be required to file such information pursuant to
the immediately preceding sentence. To the extent any such information is not so filed or furnished, as applicable, within the time periods specified above and such information is subsequently filed or furnished, as applicable, the Issuer shall be
deemed to have satisfied its obligations with respect thereto at such time and any Default with respect thereto shall be deemed to have been cured; provided that such cure shall not otherwise affect the rights of the Holders under Article 6
if Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes have declared the principal, premium, if any, interest and 

  
 94 

 
any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately and such declaration shall not have been rescinded or cancelled prior to such cure. In addition,
to the extent not satisfied by the foregoing, the Issuer shall, for so long as any Notes are outstanding, furnish to Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant
to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. 
 (b) Substantially concurrently with the furnishing or making such information
available to the Trustee pursuant to the immediately preceding paragraph, the Issuer shall also post copies of such information required by the immediately preceding paragraph on a website (which may be nonpublic and may be maintained by the Issuer
or a third party) to which access shall be given to Holders, prospective investors in the Notes (which prospective investors, prior to the consummation of an exchange offer or the effectiveness of a shelf registration statement as required by the
Registration Rights Agreement, shall be limited to QIBs, non-U.S. persons (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) or IAIs, and securities analysts and market making financial institutions that are reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer.
The Issuer shall hold quarterly conference calls that are publicly accessible after the Issuer’s financial statements for the prior fiscal period have been made available; provided that such conference calls shall be held no later than 5
Business Days after the date that such financial statements are required to be made available. No fewer than three Business Days prior to the date of the conference call required to be held in accordance with the preceding sentence the Issuer shall
issue a press release to the appropriate U.S. wire services announcing the time and the date of such conference call and directing the beneficial owners of, and prospective investors in, the Notes and securities analysts to contact an individual at
the Issuer (for whom contact information shall be provided in such press release) to obtain information on how to access such conference call. 
 (c) In the event that any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer becomes a guarantor of the Notes, the Indenture shall permit the Issuer to satisfy its obligations in this covenant with respect
to financial information relating to the Issuer by furnishing financial information relating to such parent; provided that the same is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the
information relating to such parent, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand. 
 (d) Delivery of all such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only, and the Trustee’s receipt of such reports, information or documents shall not constitute
constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, 

  
 95 

 
including the Issuer’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officer’s Certificates). 

(e) The Issuer shall be deemed to have furnished such reports to the Trustee and the Holders if it has filed such reports with the SEC
using the EDGAR filing system and such reports are publicly available. 
 Section 3.11. Maintenance of Office or Agency.
(a) The Issuer shall maintain an office or agency where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment, where, if applicable, the Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or
upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The corporate trust office of the Trustee, which initially shall be located at Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, 201 Main Street, 3rd Floor, Suite 301, Fort Worth, Texas
76102, Attention: John Stohlmann, Vice President, shall be such office or agency of the Issuer, unless the Issuer shall designate and maintain some other office or agency for one or more of such purposes. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice
to the Trustee of any change in the location of any such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations,
surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the corporate trust office of the Trustee, and the Issuer hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands. 

(b) The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered
for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind any such designation. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

 Section 3.12. Corporate Existence. Except as otherwise provided in this Article 3, Article 4, and
Section 10.02(b), the Issuer shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its respective corporate existence and the corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other existence of each
Restricted Subsidiary and the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Issuer and each Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that the Issuer shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or
franchise or the corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other existence of any Restricted Subsidiary if the respective board of directors or, with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Significant Subsidiary (or group of
Restricted Subsidiaries that taken together would not be a Significant Subsidiary), senior management of the Issuer determines that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Issuer and each of its
Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not, and shall not be, disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders. 

  
 96 

 Section 3.13. Payment of Taxes. The Issuer shall pay or discharge or cause to be
paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent, all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Issuer or any Subsidiary; provided, however, that the Issuer shall not be required to pay
or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim the amount, applicability or validity of which is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which appropriate reserves, if necessary (in
the good faith judgment of management of the Issuer), are being maintained in accordance with GAAP or where the failure to effect such payment shall not be disadvantageous to the Holders. 

Section 3.14. Payments for Consent. Neither the Issuer nor any of its Subsidiaries shall, directly or indirectly, pay or
cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of the Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is
paid to all Holders that are QIBs who, upon request, confirm that they are QIBs and who consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or amendment. 

Section 3.15. Compliance Certificate. The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee within 120 days after the end of each Fiscal
Year of the Issuer an Officer’s Certificate stating that in the course of the performance by the signers of their duties as Officers of the Issuer they would normally have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default and whether or not the
signers know of any Default or Event of Default that occurred during the previous Fiscal Year; provided that no such Officer’s Certificate shall be required for any Fiscal Year ended prior to the Issue Date. If they do, the certificate
shall describe the Default or Event of Default, its status and the action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. The Issuer also shall comply with TIA § 314(a)(4). 

Section 3.16. Further Instruments and Acts. Upon request of the Trustee, the Issuer shall execute and deliver such further
instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture. 
 Section 3.17. Limitation on Lines of Business. The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, engage in any business other than a Similar Business. 

Section 3.18. Statement by Officers as to Default. The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, as soon as possible and in any
event within 30 days after the Issuer becomes aware of the occurrence of any Event of Default or an event which, with notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the details
of such Event of Default or Default, 

  
 97 

 
its status and the actions which the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 
 Section 3.19. Suspension of Certain Covenants. (a) Following the first day (x) the Notes have an Investment Grade Rating from both of the Ratings Agencies and (y ) no Default has
occurred and is continuing under this Indenture, the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be subject to Sections 3.02, 3.03, 3.04, 3.05, 3.08 and 4.01(a)(iv) (collectively, the “Suspended Covenants”). 

(b) If at any time the Notes’ credit rating is downgraded from an Investment Grade Rating by any Rating Agency or if a Default or
Event of Default occurs and is continuing, then the Suspended Covenants shall thereafter be reinstated as if such covenants had never been suspended (the “Reinstatement Date”) and be applicable pursuant to the terms of the Indenture
(including in connection with performing any calculation or assessment to determine compliance with the terms of the Indenture), unless and until the Notes subsequently attain an Investment Grade Rating from both of the Rating Agencies and no
Default or Event of Default is in existence (in which event the Suspended Covenants shall no longer be in effect for such time that the Notes maintain an Investment Grade Rating from both of the Rating Agencies and no Default or Event of Default is
in existence); provided, however, that no Default, Event of Default or breach of any kind shall be deemed to exist under this Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Notes or the Guarantees with respect to the Suspended
Covenants based on, and none of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries shall bear any liability for, any actions taken or events occurring during the Suspension Period (as defined below), or any actions taken at any time pursuant to any contractual
obligation arising prior to the Reinstatement Date, regardless of whether such actions or events would have been permitted if the applicable Suspended Covenants remained in effect during such period. The period of time between the date of suspension
of the covenants and the Reinstatement Date is referred to as the “Suspension Period.” 
 (c) On the
Reinstatement Date, all Indebtedness Incurred during the Suspension Period shall be classified to have been Incurred pursuant to Section 3.02(a) or 3.02(b) (to the extent such Indebtedness would be permitted to be incurred thereunder as of the
Reinstatement Date and after giving effect to Indebtedness Incurred prior to the Suspension Period and outstanding on the Reinstatement Date). To the extent such Indebtedness would not be so permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 3.02(a)
or 3.02(b), such Indebtedness shall be deemed to have been outstanding on the Issue Date, so that it is classified as permitted under Section 3.02(b)(iii). Calculations made after the Reinstatement Date of the amount available to be made as
Restricted Payments under Section 3.03 shall be made as though the covenants described under Section 3.03 had been in effect prior to, but not during, the Suspension Period. Additionally, on the

  
 98 

 
Reinstatement Date, the amount of Excess Proceeds from Net Proceeds shall be reset at zero. 
 (d) During any period when the Suspended Covenants are suspended, the board of directors of the Issuer may not designate any of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to this
Indenture. 
 (d) The Issuer shall provide an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee indicating the occurrence of any
Suspended Covenants or Reinstatement Date. The Trustee shall have no obligation to (i) independently determine or verify if such events have occurred, (ii) make any determination regarding the impact of any actions taken during the
Suspension Period on the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ future compliance with their covenants or (iii) notify the Holders of any Suspended Covenants or Reversion Date. 

Section 3.20. Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws. The Issuer and each Guarantor covenants, to the extent that it may
lawfully do so, that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law or any usury law or other law that would prohibit or forgive the Issuer or the
Guarantor from paying all or any portion of the principal of, or interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes as contemplated herein, wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, or that may affect the covenants or the
performance of the Indenture. The Issuer and each Guarantor hereby expressly waives, to the extent that it may lawfully do so, all benefit or advantage of any such law and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power
herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted. 
 ARTICLE 4 
 SUCCESSOR COMPANY 

Section 4.01. Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets. (a) The Issuer shall not consolidate or
merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Issuer is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions,
to any Person unless: 
 (i) the Issuer is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such
consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is a Person organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the
District of Columbia or any territory thereof (such Person, as the case may be, being herein called 

  
 99 

 
the “Successor Company”); provided that in the case where the surviving Person is not a corporation, a co-obligor of the Notes is a corporation; 

(ii) the Successor Company, if other than the Issuer, expressly assumes all the obligations of the Issuer under this
Indenture, the Notes and the Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; 

(iii) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; 

(iv) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such
transactions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, 
 (A) the Successor Company or
the Issuer would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first sentence of Section 3.02(a); or 

(B) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Successor Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than the
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction; 
 (v) each Subsidiary Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, in which case
 Section 10.02(b) shall apply, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that
its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under this Indenture, the Notes and the Registration Rights Agreement; and 
 (vi) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if
any, comply with this Indenture. 
 (b) The Successor Company shall succeed to, and be substituted for, the Issuer, as the case
may be, under the Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Guarantees and the Notes, as applicable. 
 (c)
Notwithstanding Section 4.01(a)(iii) and 4.01(a)(iv), 
 (i) any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary may consolidate
with or merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary; 

  
 100

 (ii) the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor may consolidate with, merge into
or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable; and 

(iii) the Issuer may consolidate or merge with an Affiliate of the Issuer, as the case may be, solely for the purpose of
reincorporating the Issuer in any state of the United States, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof. 
 (d) For
purposes of this Section 4.01, the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Subsidiaries of the Issuer, which properties and assets, if held by
the Issuer instead of such Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Issuer on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the
Issuer. The predecessor company shall be released from its obligations under the Indenture and the Successor Company shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer under this Indenture, but, in the
case of a lease of all or substantially all its assets, the predecessor shall not be released from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes. 
 ARTICLE 5 
 REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES

 Section 5.01. Notices to Trustee. If the Issuer elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption
provisions of Section 5.07 hereof, it must furnish to the Trustee, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth: 

(a) the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur; 

(b) the redemption date; 
 (c) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed; and 
 (d) the redemption price.

 Any redemption referenced in such Officer’s Certificate may be cancelled by the Issuer at any time prior to notice of
redemption being mailed to any Holder and thereafter shall be null and void. 

  
 101

 Section 5.02. Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased. If the Issuer is
redeeming or purchasing less than all of the Notes issued by it at any time, pursuant to Section 5.07 or purchased in an Asset Sale Offer or a Change of Control Offer, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed (a) if the Notes are
listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed, (b) on a pro rata basis (to the extent practicable and subject to the applicable
procedures of DTC) or (c) by lot or such other similar method in accordance with the procedures of DTC. 
 No Notes of
$2,000 or less can be redeemed in part. In the event of partial redemption, the particular Notes to be redeemed or purchased shall be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption or
purchase date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption or purchase. 
 The Trustee shall
promptly notify the Issuer in writing of the Notes selected for redemption or purchase and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. Notes and portions of Notes
selected shall be in amounts of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a
multiple of $1,000, shall be redeemed or purchased. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption or purchase also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase.

 Section 5.03. Notice of Redemption. At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the
Issuer shall mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail postage prepaid, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, except that
redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Articles 8 or 11 hereof. 

The notice shall identify the Notes (including the CUSIP number) to be redeemed and shall state: 

(a) the redemption date; 
 (b) the redemption price; 
 (c) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion
of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon 

  
 102

 
surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion shall be issued upon cancellation of the original Note; 

(d) the name and address of the Paying Agent; 
 (e) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price; 
 (f) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date; 

(g) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed;

 (h) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or
printed on the Notes; and 
 (i) any conditions precedent with respect to the redemption of the Notes. 

At the Issuer’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at its expense;
provided, however, that the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee, at least 45 days prior to the redemption date (or such shorter period as the Trustee shall agree), an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such
notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph. 

Section 5.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption. Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 5.03
hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price. Any redemption or notice of redemption may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent,
including, but not limited to, completion of an Equity Offering, other offering or other corporate transaction or event. Notice of any redemption in respect of an Equity Offering may be given prior to the completion thereof. 

Section 5.05. Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price. Prior to 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the redemption or
purchase date, the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of and accrued interest, and Additional Interest, if any, on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that
date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuer any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Issuer in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption or purchase price of, and accrued interest, and
Additional Interest, if any, on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased. 

  
 103

 If the Issuer complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the
redemption or purchase date, interest shall cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest
payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Note called for redemption or purchase is not so paid upon surrender for
redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any
interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 3.01 hereof. 

Section 5.06. Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part. Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Issuer
shall issue and, upon receipt of an Issuer Order, the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Issuer a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered; provided, that
each such new Note shall be in a principal amount of $2,000 or integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. 

Section 5.07. Optional Redemption. (a) The Issuer may redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon notice as provided in
Section 5.03, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of Notes redeemed, plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, and Additional Interest, if any, to but excluding the date of redemption (the
“Redemption Date”), subject to the rights of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. 
 (b) Until May 15, 2014, the Issuer may, at its option, upon notice as provided in Section 5.03, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes at a redemption price equal to
106.750% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, and Additional Interest, thereon, if any, to, but excluding the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record
date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided that (a) at least 65% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under
this Indenture on the Issue Date and any Additional Notes that are issued under the Indenture after the Issue Date remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption and (b) each such redemption occurs within 90 days
of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering. The Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased in the manner described under Section 5.01 through 5.06. 

  
 104

 (c) Unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest shall cease
to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable Redemption Date. 
 (d) Any redemption
pursuant to this Section 5.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.01 through 5.06. 

Section 5.08. Mandatory Redemption. The Issuer is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with
respect to the Notes. 
 ARTICLE 6 
 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 

Section 6.01. Events of Default. (a) Each of the following is an “Event of Default”: 

(i) default in payment when due and payable, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise, of principal of, or premium, if
any, on the Notes; 
 (ii) default for 30 days or more in the payment when due of interest or Additional
Interest, if any, on or with respect to the Notes; 
 (iii) default in the performance or breach of Article 4;

 (iv) failure by the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor for 60 days after receipt of written notice given by
the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes to comply with any of its obligations, covenants or agreements (other than a default referred to in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) above) contained in
this Indenture or the Notes; 
 (v) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is
issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than
Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the issuance of the Notes, if both: 

(A) such default either results from the failure to pay any principal of such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity
(after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or

  
 105

 
holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; and 
 (B) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at stated final maturity (after giving effect to
any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $50.0 million or more at any one time outstanding; 
 (vi) failure by the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary (or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that together (determined as of the most recent consolidated financial statements of the Issuer for a fiscal
period end provided as required under Section 3.10) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $50.0 million other than any judgments covered by indemnities provided by, or insurance policies
issued by, reputable and creditworthy companies, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after such judgment becomes final, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an
enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed; 
 (vii) the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary (or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that together (determined as of the most recent consolidated financial statements of the Issuer for a fiscal period end
provided as required under Section 3.10) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law: 
 (A) commences a voluntary case or proceeding; 
 (B) consents to the
entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case or proceeding; 
 (C) consents to the appointment
of a Custodian of it or for substantially all of its property; 
 (D) makes a general assignment for the benefit
of its creditors; 
 (E) consents to or acquiesces in the institution of a bankruptcy or an insolvency proceeding
against it; or 
 (F) takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency; or 

  
 106

 (viii) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any
Bankruptcy Law that: 
 (A) is for relief against the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of
Restricted Subsidiaries that together (determined as of the most recent consolidated financial statements of the Issuer for a fiscal period end provided as required under Section 3.10) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) in an
involuntary case; 
 (B) appoints a Custodian of the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of
Restricted Subsidiaries that together (determined as of the most recent consolidated financial statements of the Issuer for a fiscal period end provided as required under Section 3.10) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) for
substantially all of its property; 
 (C) orders the winding up or liquidation of the Issuer or any Significant
Subsidiary (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that together (determined as of the most recent consolidated financial statements of the Issuer for a fiscal period end provided as required under Section 3.10) would constitute a Significant
Subsidiary); or 
 (D) is for any similar relief granted under any foreign laws and the order, decree or relief
remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; or 
 (ix) the Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary
(or group of Subsidiaries that together (determined as of the most recent consolidated financial statements of the Issuer for a fiscal period end provided as required under Section 3.10) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) shall for any
reason cease to be in full force and effect or be declared null and void or any responsible officer of any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary (or the responsible officers of any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken
together (determined as of the most recent consolidated financial statements of the Issuer for a fiscal period end provided as required under Section 3.10) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), as the case may be, denies that it has any
further liability under its or their Guarantee(s) or gives notice to such effect, other than by reason of the termination of this Indenture or the release of any such Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture. 

Section 6.02. Acceleration. (a) If any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in
Section 6.01(a)(vii) or Section 6.01(a)(viii)) occurs 

  
 107

 
and is continuing, the Trustee, by notice to the Issuer, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes by notice to the Issuer and the Trustee, may, and
the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, including Additional Interest, if any, and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and
payable immediately. Upon the effectiveness of such a declaration, such principal, premium and accrued and unpaid interest, including Additional Interest, if any, and any other monetary obligations shall be due and payable immediately. 

(b) In the event of any Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(v), such Event of Default and all consequences thereof
(excluding any resulting payment default, other than as a result of acceleration of the Notes) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 30 days after such Event of Default
arose: 
 (x) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged; or

 (y) the holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be)
giving rise to such Event of Default; or 
 (z) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been
cured. 
 (c) If an Event of Default described in Section 6.01(a)(vii) or Section 6.01(a)(viii) occurs and is
continuing, the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, including Additional Interest, if any, and any other monetary obligations on all the Notes shall become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or
other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. 
 Section 6.03. Other Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs
and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes or to enforce the performance
of any provision of the Notes, this Indenture or the Guarantees. 
 The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not
possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a
waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative. 

  
 108

 Section 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults. The Holders of a majority in principal
amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee (with a copy to the Issuer, but the applicable waiver or rescission shall be effective when the notice is given to the Trustee) may, on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes,
(a) waive, by their consent (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes), an existing Default and its consequences under this Indenture except (i) a
continuing Default in the payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on a Note held by a non-consenting Holder or (ii) a Default in respect of a provision that under Section 9.02
cannot be amended without the consent of each Holder affected and (b) rescind any acceleration and its consequences with respect to the Notes, provided such rescission would not conflict with any judgment of a court of competent
jurisdiction. When a Default or Event of Default is waived, it is deemed cured, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any consequent right. 

Section 6.05. Control by Majority. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the
time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this
Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees or, subject to Sections 7.01 and 7.02, that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder of a Note or would involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided,
however, that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction. 
 Section 6.06. Limitation on Suits. (a) Subject to Section 6.07, a Holder may not pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless: 

(i) such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing; 

(ii) Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the total outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the
remedy; 
 (iii) Holders of the Notes have offered and, if requested, provide to the Trustee indemnity or
security reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense; 
 (iv) the Trustee has
not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt thereof and the offer of security or indemnity; and 

  
 109

 (v) the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the total outstanding
Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period. 
 (b) A Holder may not
use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder. 

Section 6.07. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture (including, without
limitation, Section 6.06), the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes held by such Holder, on or after the respective due dates expressed or
provided for in the Notes, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder. 

Section 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default specified in clauses (1) or (2) of
Section 6.01 occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer for the whole amount then due and owing (together with interest on any unpaid interest, including
Additional Interest, if any, to the extent lawful) and the amounts provided for in Section 7.07. 
 Section 6.09.
Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer, its Subsidiaries or its or their respective creditors or properties and, unless prohibited by law or
applicable regulations, may be entitled and empowered to participate as a member of any official committee of creditors appointed in such matter and may vote on behalf of the Holders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other Person
performing similar functions, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the
Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07. 

No provision of this Indenture shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any
Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. 

  
 110

 Section 6.10. Priorities. (a) If the Trustee collects any money or property
pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money or property in the following order: 
 FIRST: to the
Trustee for amounts due to it under Section 7.07; 
 SECOND: to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the
Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, including Additional Interest, if any,
respectively; and 
 THIRD: to the Issuer, or to the extent the Trustee collects any amount for any Subsidiary
Guarantor, to such Subsidiary Guarantor. 
 (b) The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders
pursuant to this Section 6.10. At least 15 days before such record date, the Issuer shall mail to each Holder and the Trustee a notice that states the record date, the payment date and amount to be paid. 

Section 6.11. Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any
suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess
reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not
apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by the Issuer, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07 or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in outstanding principal amount of the Notes. 

ARTICLE 7 

TRUSTEE 
 Section 7.01. Duties of Trustee. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree
of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs; provided that the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or
powers under this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless the Holders have offered the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense.

  
 111

 (a) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 

(i) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and
no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and 
 (ii) in the
absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates, opinions or orders furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the
requirements of this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees, as applicable. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provisions hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine
such certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees, as the case may be (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other
facts stated therein). 
 (b) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent
failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that: 
 (i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of
paragraph (a) of this Section 7.01; 
 (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment
made in good faith by a Trust Officer unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; 
 (iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05; and 

(iv) No provision of this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds
or otherwise incur financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or thereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayment of such funds or adequate
indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it. 
 (c) Every provision of this Indenture that in any
way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.01. 
 (d) The Trustee
shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer. 

  
 112

 (e) Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the
extent required by law. 
 (f) Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or
affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 7.01 and to the provisions of the TIA. 
 (g) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Issuer shall be sufficient if signed by one Officer of the Issuer. 

Section 7.02. Rights of Trustee. Subject to Section 7.01: 

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely on and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution,
certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order or other paper or document (whether in its original or facsimile form) reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by
the proper person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. The Trustee shall receive and retain financial reports and statements of the Issuer as provided herein, but shall have no duty to review or analyze such
reports or statements to determine compliance with covenants or other obligations of the Issuer. 
 (b) Before the Trustee acts
or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate and/or an Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on an Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of
Counsel. 
 (c) The Trustee may execute any of the trusts and powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly
by or through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder. 
 (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers, conferred upon it by this Indenture.

 (e) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice or opinion of counsel with respect to legal matters
relating to this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder or under the Notes or the Guarantees in good faith and
in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel. 

  
 113

 (f) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default or
whether any entity or group of entities constitutes a Significant Subsidiary unless a Trust Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default or of any such Significant
Subsidiary is received by the Trustee at the corporate trust office of the Trustee specified in Section 12.02, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture. 
 (g) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee
in each of its capacities hereunder, and to each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder. 
 (h) The Trustee
shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees at the request, order or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, unless the
Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities which may be incurred therein or thereby. 

(i) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any fact or matter unless such fact or matter is known to a Trust Officer of the
Trustee. 
 (j) Whenever in the administration of this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees the Trustee shall deem it
desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder or thereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith or willful misconduct
on its part, rely upon an Officer’s Certificate. 
 (k) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any
special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit), irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the
form of action. 
 (l) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any
resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, coupon or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such
facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine, during business hours and upon reasonable notice, the books, records and premises of the Issuer
and the Restricted Subsidiaries, personally or by agent or attorney. 

  
 114

 (m) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the
performance of its powers and duties hereunder. 
 (n) The Trustee may request that the Issuer deliver a certificate setting
forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture or the Notes. 
 Section 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer, the Subsidiary
Guarantors or their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent, Registrar, co-registrar or co-paying agent may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Sections 7.10 and 7.11. In
addition, the Trustee shall be permitted to engage in transactions with the Issuer; provided, however, that if the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest under the TIA, the Trustee must (i) eliminate such conflict within 90
days of acquiring such conflicting interest, (ii) apply to the SEC for permission to continue acting as Trustee or (iii) resign. 
 Section 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer. The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes,
shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes, shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee or any money paid to the Issuer
pursuant to the terms of this Indenture and shall not be responsible for any statement of the Issuer in this Indenture or in any document issued in connection with the sale of the Notes or in the Notes other than the Trustee’s certificate of
authentication. 
 Section 7.05. Notice of Defaults. If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and
is actually known to a Trust Officer, the Trustee shall mail by first class mail to each Holder at the address set forth in the Notes Register notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it is actually known to a Trust Officer.
Except in the case of a Default relating to the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on any Note (including payments pursuant to the optional redemption or required repurchase provisions of
such Note), the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Trust Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of Holders. In addition, the Trustee shall have no obligation to accelerate
the Notes if in the best judgment of the Trustee acceleration is not in the best interest of the Holders of the Notes. 

Section 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders. Within 60 days after each May 15 beginning May 15, 2012, the Trustee
shall mail to each Holder a brief report dated as of such May 15 that complies with TIA § 313(a) if and to the 

  
 115

 
extent required thereby. The Trustee also shall comply with TIA § 313(b) and TIA § 313(c). 
 A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Holders shall be filed with the SEC and each stock exchange (if any) on which the Notes are listed. The Issuer agrees to notify promptly the Trustee in
writing whenever the Notes become listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof and the Trustee shall comply with TIA § 313(d). 
 Section 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity. The Issuer shall pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its services hereunder and under the Notes and the Guarantees as the
Issuer and the Trustee or the Issuer shall from time to time agree in writing. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for
all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred or made by it, including, but not limited to, costs of collection, costs of preparing reports, certificates and other documents, costs of preparation and mailing of notices to Holders. Such expenses
shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses, disbursements and advances of the respective agents, counsel, accountants and experts of the Trustee. The Issuer shall indemnify the Trustee against any and all loss, liability, damages, claims
or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by it without willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith on its part in connection with the administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder and
under the Notes and the Guarantees, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture (including this Section 7.07), the Notes and the Guarantees and of defending itself against any claims (whether asserted by any Holder, the Issuer
or otherwise). The Trustee shall notify the Issuer promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity of which it has received written notice. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Issuer shall not relieve the Issuer of its obligations
hereunder. The Issuer shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall provide reasonable cooperation at the Issuer’s expense in the defense. The Trustee may each have separate counsel and the Issuer shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel;
provided that the Issuer shall not be required to pay the fees and expenses of such separate counsel if it assumes the Trustee’s defense, and, in the reasonable judgment of outside counsel to the Trustee, there is no conflict of interest
between the Issuer and the Trustee in connection with such defense. 
 To secure the Issuer’s payment obligations in this
Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee other than money or property held in trust to pay principal of and interest on particular Notes. Such lien shall survive
the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. The Trustee’s right to receive payment of any amounts due under this Section 7.07 shall not be subordinate to any other liability or Indebtedness of the Issuer. 

  
 116

 The Issuer’s payment obligations pursuant to this Section 7.07 shall survive the
discharge of this Indenture. Without prejudice to any other rights available to the Trustee under applicable law, when the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after the occurrence of a Default specified in clause (vii) or clause
(viii) of Section 6.01, the expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses of its counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law. 

Section 7.08. Replacement of Trustee. The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Issuer in writing not less than
30 days prior to the effective date of such resignation. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the removed Trustee in writing not less than 30 days prior to the effective date of such
removal and may appoint a successor Trustee with the Issuer’s written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Issuer shall remove the Trustee if: 
 (a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof; 
 (b) the Trustee
is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent; 
 (c) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

 (d) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting. 

If the Trustee resigns or is removed by the Issuer or by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes and such Holders do
not reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee as described in the preceding paragraph, or if a vacancy exists in the office of the Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Issuer
shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. 
 A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the
retiring Trustee and to the Issuer. Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor
Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the lien provided for in Section 7.07. 

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or the
Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the Notes may petition, at the Issuer’s expense, any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

  
 117

 If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, unless the Trustee’s duty to
resign is stayed as provided in TIA § 310(b), any Holder, who has been a bona fide holder of a Note for at least six months, may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor
Trustee. 
 Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Issuer’s obligations
under Section 7.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 
 Section 7.09. Successor Trustee by
Merger. If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation
without any further act shall be the successor Trustee. 
 In case at the time such successor or successors by merger,
conversion or consolidation to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture, any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any
predecessor trustee, and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in
the name of the successor to the Trustee; provided that the right to adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee or authenticate Notes in the name of any predecessor Trustee shall only apply to its successor or
successors by merger, consolidation or conversion. 
 Section 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification. This Indenture
shall always have a Trustee that satisfies the requirements of TIA § 310(a)(1), (2) and (5) in every respect. The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $100 million as set forth in its most recent published
annual report of condition. The Trustee shall comply with TIA § 310(b); provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the operation of TIA § 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities or
certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Issuer are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in TIA § 310(b)(1) are met. 
 Section 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer. The Trustee shall comply with TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee
who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated. 
 Section 7.12.
Trustee’s Application for Instruction from the Issuer. Any application by the Trustee for written instructions from the Issuer may, at the 

  
 118

 
option of the Trustee, set forth in writing any action proposed to be taken or omitted by the Trustee under this Indenture and the date on and/or after which such action shall be taken or such
omission shall be effective. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken by, or omission of, the Trustee in accordance with a proposal included in such application on or after the date specified in such application (which date shall not be
less than three Business Days after the date any Officer of the Issuer actually receives such application, unless any such Officer shall have consented in writing to any earlier date) unless prior to taking any such action (or the effective date in
the case of an omission), the Trustee shall have received written instructions in response to such application specifying the action to be taken or omitted. 
 ARTICLE 8 
 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND
COVENANT DEFEASANCE 
 Section 8.01. Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant
Defeasance; Defeasance. The Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8. 

Section 8.02. Legal Defeasance and Discharge. Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option
applicable to this Section 8.02, the Issuer and each of the Subsidiary Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligation with respect
to all outstanding Notes (including the Guarantees) on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors
shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes (including the Guarantees), which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and
the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (a) through (d) below, and to have satisfied all of their other obligations under such Notes, the Guarantees and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense
of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same) and to have cured all then existing Events of Default, except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: 

(a) the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes when
such payments are due solely out of the trust referred to in Section 8.04 hereof; 
 (b) the Issuer’s obligations with
respect to Notes under Article 2 concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of such Notes, mutilated, 

  
 119

 
destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and Section 3.11 concerning the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust; 

(c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee and the Issuer’s obligations in connection therewith; and;

 (d) this Article 8 with respect to provisions relating to Legal Defeasance. 

Section 8.03. Covenant Defeasance. Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to
this Section 8.03, the Issuer and each of the Subsidiary Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from each of their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections
3.02, 3.03, 3.04, 3.05, 3.06, 3.07, 3.08, 3.09, 3.10, 3.14, 3.17 and 4.01(a)(iv) hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant
Defeasance”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants,
but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder. For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes and Guarantees, the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors may omit to
comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in
any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this
Indenture and such Notes and Guarantees shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set
forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections Section 6.01(a)(iii) (only to the extent due to the failure by the Issuer to comply with Section 4.01(a)(iv)), 6.01(a)(iv), 6.01(a)(v), 6.01(a)(vi), 6.01(a)(vii) (with respect only to a
Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that taken together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), Section 6.01(a)(viii) (with respect only to a Restricted Subsidiary that is a
Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that taken together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), and Section 6.01(a)(ix) hereof shall not constitute Events of Default. 

Section 8.04. Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance. In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance
under either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof: 

  
 120

 (a) the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the
Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as shall be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium,
if any, and interest, including Additional Interest, if any, due on the Notes on the Stated Maturity date or on the redemption date, as the case may be, of such principal, premium, if any, or interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on such
Notes, and the Issuer must specify whether such Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date; 
 (b)
in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions; 

(i) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or

 (ii) since the issuance of the Notes, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law,

 in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, subject to customary assumptions and
exclusions, the Holders of the Notes shall not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as applicable, as a result of such Legal Defeasance and shall be subject to such U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the
same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; 
 (c) in the case of
Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes shall not recognize income,
gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and shall be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant
Defeasance had not occurred; 
 (d) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such
deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness, and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith) shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit; 

(e) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the ABL
Credit Facility or any other material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Issuer or any 

  
 121

 
Subsidiary Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor is bound (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and
simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith); 
 (f)
the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that, as of the date of such opinion and subject to customary assumptions and exclusions following the deposit, the trust funds shall not be subject to the effect of
Section 547 of Title 11 of the United States Code; 
 (g) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s
Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor or others; and 

(h) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may
be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with. 

Section 8.05. Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions. Subject to
Section 8.06 hereof, all money and non-callable Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”)
pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying
Agent (including the Issuer acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium and Additional Interest, if any, and interest, but such money
need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
 The Issuer shall pay and indemnify the Trustee
against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee
or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes. 
 Notwithstanding anything in this
Article 8 to the contrary, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon the request of the Issuer any money or non-callable Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a
nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof 

  
 122

 
delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(a) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an
equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 
 Section 8.06. Repayment to the Issuer. Any money deposited
with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium or interest on, or Additional Interest, if any, any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium, or
interest, or Additional Interest, if any, has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuer on its request unless an abandoned property law designates another Person or (if then held by the Issuer) shall be discharged from such trust; and the
Holder of such Note shall thereafter be permitted to look only to the Issuer for payment thereof unless an abandoned property law designates another Person, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and
all liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Issuer cause to be published
once, in the New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication,
any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining shall be repaid to the Issuer. 
 Section 8.07. Reinstatement. If
the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. dollars or non-callable Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental
authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuer’s and the Subsidiary Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture and the Notes and the Guarantees shall be revived and reinstated as though no
deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided,
however, that, if the Issuer makes any payment of principal of, premium or interest on, or Additional Interest, if any, any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of
such Notes to receive such payment from the money or non-callable Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 

ARTICLE 9 

AMENDMENTS 
 Section 9.01. Without Consent of Holders. (a) Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture, the Issuer, any Subsidiary Guarantor (with respect to a Guarantee or this Indenture to
which it is a party) and the Trustee may amend or 

  
 123

 
supplement this Indenture and any Guarantee and the Notes without the consent of any Holder: 
 (i) to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency; 
 (ii) to provide for uncertificated Notes of such series in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; 
 (iii) to comply with Article 4 or Section 10.02(b); 
 (iv) to
provide for the assumption of the Issuer’s or any Subsidiary Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders in a transaction that complies with this Indenture; 

(v) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely
affect the legal rights under this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees of any such Holder; 
 (vi) to add
covenants for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor; 
 (vii) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act; 

(viii) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under this Indenture of a successor Trustee hereunder
pursuant to the requirements of this Indenture; 
 (ix) to provide for the issuance of exchange notes or private
exchange notes, which are identical to exchange notes except that they are not freely transferable; 
 (x) to add
a Subsidiary Guarantor under this Indenture; 
 (xi) to conform the text of this Indenture, the Notes or the
Guarantees to any provision under the heading “Description of Notes” in the Offering Memorandum to the extent that such provision in the Offering Memorandum was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, the
Notes or the Guarantees; or 
 (xii) to make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the
transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by this 

  
 124

 
Indenture, including, without limitation to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Notes; provided, however, that (A) compliance with this Indenture as so amended
would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (B) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes. 

(b) Subject to Section 9.02, upon the request of the Issuer, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in
Section 12.04 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights,
duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture. 

(c) After an amendment or supplement under this Section 9.01 becomes effective, the Issuer shall mail to Holders a notice briefly
describing such amendment or supplement. The failure to give such notice to all Holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment or supplement under this Section 9.01. 

Section 9.02. With Consent of Holders. (a) Except as provided in Section 9.02(c), the Issuer, the Subsidiary
Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, any Guarantee and the Notes issued hereunder with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, including consents
obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes, and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the
principal of, premium, if any, or interest, and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes and the
Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, other than Notes beneficially owned by the Issuer or its Affiliates (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase
of or tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes). Section 2.10 and Section 12.06 shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for the purposes of this Section 9.02. 

(b) Upon the request of the Issuer, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the
Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 12.04 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture
unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or 

  
 125

 
immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture. 

(c) Without the consent of each affected Holder of Notes, an amendment or waiver may not, with respect to any Notes held by a
non-consenting Holder: 
 (i) reduce the principal amount of such Notes whose Holders must consent to an
amendment, supplement or waiver; 
 (ii) reduce the principal of or change the fixed final maturity of any such
Note or alter or waive the provisions with respect to the redemption of such Notes (other than Sections 3.05 and 3.09 prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control or the obligation to make an Asset Sale Offer, as applicable); 

(iii) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note; 

(iv) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest, or Additional
Interest, if any, on the Notes, except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration, or in respect
of a covenant or provision contained in the Indenture or any Guarantee which cannot be amended or modified without the consent of all Holders; 
 (v) make any Note payable in money other than that stated therein; 

(vi) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders to
receive payments of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes; 
 (vii) make any change in these
amendment and waiver provisions that require each Holder’s consent; 
 (viii) impair the right of any Holder
to receive payment of principal of, or interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s
Notes; 
 (ix) make any change to or modify the ranking of the Notes that would adversely affect the Holders; or

  
 126

 (x) except as expressly permitted by this Indenture, modify the Guarantees
of any Significant Subsidiary (or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that together (determined as of the most recent consolidated financial statements of the Issuer for a fiscal period end provided as required under Section 3.10) would constitute
a Significant Subsidiary), in any manner adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes. 
 (d) It shall not be
necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. A consent to any amendment,
supplement or waiver under this Indenture by any Holder of the Notes given in connection with a tender or exchange of such Holder’s Notes shall not be rendered invalid by such tender or exchange. 

(e) After an amendment or supplement under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Issuer shall mail to Holders a notice briefly
describing such amendment or supplement. The failure to give such notice to all Holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment or supplement. 

Section 9.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture, any Guarantee and the
Notes shall be set forth in an amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the TIA as then in effect. 

Section 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers. (a) Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes
effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the
consent or waiver is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent or waiver as to such Holder’s Note or portion of its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation
before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder. 

(b) The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to give their
consent or take any other action described above or required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date
(or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or to revoke any consent previously given or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No

  
 127

 
such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date. 
 Section 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes. (a) The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuer in
exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Issuer Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver. 
 (b) Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver. 

Section 9.06. Trustee to Sign Amendments. The Trustee shall sign any amended or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to
this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and shall be fully
protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 12.04 hereof, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by
this Indenture. 
 ARTICLE 10 
 GUARANTEE 
 Section 10.01. Guarantee. (a) Subject
to the provisions of this Article 10, each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby fully, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees, as primary obligor and not merely as surety, jointly and severally with each other Subsidiary Guarantor, to each Holder of the
Notes, and the Trustee the full and punctual payment when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest, including Additional Interest, if any, (accruing after the filing of
any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding
and the obligations under Section 7.07) on the Notes and all other obligations and liabilities of the Issuer under this Indenture (including without limitation interest, including Additional Interest, if any, and the Registration Rights
Agreement (all the foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the “Guaranteed Obligations”). Each Guarantee shall be on an unsecured senior basis. Each Subsidiary Guarantor agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations shall
(i) rank equally in right of payment with other existing and future Senior Indebtedness of each such Subsidiary Guarantor, (ii) be effectively subordinated to all Secured Indebtedness of each such Subsidiary Guarantor to the extent of the
value of the assets securing such Indebtedness and (iii) shall be senior in right of payment to 

  
 128

 
all existing and future Subordinated Indebtedness of each such Subsidiary Guarantor. 
 (b) To evidence its Guarantee set forth in this Section 10.01, each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees that this Indenture (or a supplemental indenture to the Indenture) shall be executed on behalf
of such Subsidiary Guarantor by an Officer of such Subsidiary Guarantor. 
 (c) Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees that its
Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes. 

(d) If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the
Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless. 
 (e) Upon execution of a supplemental indenture to this Indenture by the Subsidiary
Guarantors, the Guarantees set forth in this Indenture shall be deemed duly delivered, without any further action by any Person, on behalf of the Subsidiary Guarantors. Following the Issue Date, the delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the
authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Subsidiary Guarantors. 
 (f) Each Subsidiary Guarantor further agrees (to the extent permitted by law) that the Guaranteed Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from it, and
that it shall remain bound under this Article 10 notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Guaranteed Obligation. 
 (g)
Each Subsidiary Guarantor waives presentation to, demand of payment from and protest to the Issuer of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and also waives notice of protest for nonpayment. Each Subsidiary Guarantor waives (to the extent it may lawfully
do so) notice of any default under the Notes or the Guaranteed Obligations. 
 (h) Each Subsidiary Guarantor further agrees that
its Guarantee herein constitutes a Guarantee of payment when due (and not a Guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Holder to any security held for payment of the Guaranteed Obligations. 

(i) Except as set forth in Section 10.02, the obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any
reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason (other than payment of the Guaranteed Obligations in full), including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense of
setoff, counterclaim, 

  
 129

 
recoupment or termination whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
the Guaranteed Obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor herein shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by (a) the failure of any Holder to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Issuer or any
other person under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement or otherwise; (b) any extension or renewal of any thereof; (c) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the
Notes or any other agreement; (d) the failure of any Holder to exercise any right or remedy against any other Subsidiary Guarantor; (e) any change in the ownership of the Issuer; (f) any default, failure or delay, willful or
otherwise, in the performance of the Guaranteed Obligations, or (g) any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Subsidiary Guarantor or would
otherwise operate as a discharge of such Subsidiary Guarantor as a matter of law or equity. 
 (j) Each Subsidiary Guarantor
agrees that its Guarantee herein shall remain in full force and effect until payment in full of all the Guaranteed Obligations or such Subsidiary Guarantor is released from its Guarantee in compliance with Section 10.02, Article 8 or Article
11. Each Subsidiary Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of, premium, if any, or interest, including
Additional Interest, if any, on any of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Holder upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Issuer or otherwise. 

(k) In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any Holder has at law or in equity against any
Subsidiary Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Issuer to pay any of the Guaranteed Obligations when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby
promises to and shall, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustee, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the Holders or the Trustee on behalf of the Holders an amount equal to the sum of (i) the unpaid amount of such Guaranteed
Obligations then due and owing and (ii) accrued and unpaid interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on such Guaranteed Obligations then due and owing (but only to the extent not prohibited by law) (including interest accruing after the
filing of any petition in bankruptcy or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding relating to the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such
proceeding). 
 (l) Each Subsidiary Guarantor further agrees that, as between such Subsidiary Guarantor, on the one hand, and
the Holders, on the other hand, (x) the 

  
 130

 
maturity of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in this Indenture for the purposes of its Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other
prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby and (y) in the event of any such declaration of acceleration of such Guaranteed Obligations, such Guaranteed Obligations (whether or not due and
payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Subsidiary Guarantor for the purposes of this Guarantee. 
 (m) Each
Subsidiary Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee or the Holders in enforcing any rights under this Section. 

Section 10.02. Limitation on Liability; Termination, Release and Discharge. (a) Any term or provision of this Indenture
to the contrary notwithstanding, the obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder shall be limited to the maximum amount as shall, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Subsidiary Guarantor (including,
without limitation, any guarantees under the ABL Credit Facility) and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Subsidiary Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Subsidiary Guarantor
under its Guarantee or pursuant to its contribution obligations under this Indenture, result in the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under federal or state
law and not otherwise being void or voidable under any similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally. 
 (b) Subject
to Section 10.02(c), the Issuer shall not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Issuer or such Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving Person), or sell, assign, transfer, lease,
convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to, any Person unless: 
 (i) such Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Subsidiary Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment,
transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is a Person organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Subsidiary Guarantor, or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the
District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Subsidiary Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Person”); 

  
 131

 (ii) the Successor Person, if other than such Subsidiary Guarantor,
expressly assumes all the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under this Indenture and such Subsidiary Guarantor’s related Guarantee pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to
the Trustee; 
 (iii) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; 

(iv) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating
that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture; or 
 (v) the transaction is made in compliance with Section 3.05. 
 (c) Subject to
the limitations described in this Indenture, the Successor Person shall succeed to, and be substituted for, such Subsidiary Guarantor under this Indenture, such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Guarantee and the Registration Rights Agreement.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Subsidiary Guarantor may (i) merge into or with or wind up into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to a Subsidiary Guarantor or the Issuer or (ii) merge with an Affiliate of the Issuer
solely for the purpose of reincorporating or reorganizing the Subsidiary Guarantor in the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Restricted Subsidiary may liquidate or
dissolve if the Issuer determines in good faith that such liquidation or dissolution is in the best interests of the Issuer and is not materially disadvantageous to the Holders. 

(d) Any Guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Notes shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon:

 (i)(A) any sale, exchange, disposition or transfer (by merger or otherwise) of (x) the Capital Stock of
such Subsidiary Guarantor, after which the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary, or (y) all or substantially all the assets of such Subsidiary Guarantor, which sale, exchange, disposition or transfer in each case
is made in compliance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture; 
 (B) the release or discharge of the
guarantee by such Subsidiary Guarantor of the ABL Credit Facility or the guarantee which resulted in the creation of such Guarantee, except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantee; 

  
 132

 (C) the proper designation of any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary
Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in compliance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture; and 

(D) the Issuer exercising its legal defeasance option or covenant defeasance option as described in Article 8 or if its
obligations under this Indenture are discharged in accordance with Article 11. 
 (ii) Such Subsidiary Guarantor
delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in the Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with. 

Section 10.03. Right of Contribution. Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees that any Subsidiary Guarantor that makes a
payment on the obligations under the Guarantees shall be entitled, upon payment in full of all obligations under the Guarantees, to a contribution from each other Subsidiary Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Subsidiary Guarantor’s pro
rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Subsidiary Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP. The provisions of this Section 10.03 shall in no respect limit the obligations and
liabilities of each Subsidiary Guarantor to the Trustee and the Holders and each Subsidiary Guarantor shall remain liable to the Trustee and the Holders for the full amount guaranteed by such Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder. 

Section 10.04. No Subrogation. Each Subsidiary Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders against the Issuer in
respect of any amounts paid by any Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.01; provided that no Subsidiary Guarantor shall be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of
subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Issuer under this Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid in full. If any amount shall be paid to any Subsidiary Guarantor on account of such subrogation rights at any time when all of
the Guaranteed Obligations shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall be held by such Subsidiary Guarantor in trust for the Trustee and the Holders, segregated from other funds of such Subsidiary Guarantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt
by such Subsidiary Guarantor, be turned over to the Trustee in the exact form received by such Subsidiary Guarantor (duly indorsed by such Subsidiary Guarantor to the Trustee, if required), to be applied against the Guaranteed Obligations.

  
 133

 ARTICLE 11 
 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE 

Section 11.01. Satisfaction and Discharge. (a) This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further
effect as to all Notes, when either: 
 (i) all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered, except lost,
stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or 

(ii)(A) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the
making of a notice of redemption or otherwise, shall become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in
the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer, and the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor have irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S.
dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as shall be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee
for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption; 

(B) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and
simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith) with respect to the Indenture or the Notes shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a
result of such deposit and such deposit shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, the ABL Credit Facility or any other material agreement or instrument (other than the Indenture) to which the Issuer or any
Subsidiary Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor is bound (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness
and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith); 
 (C) the Issuer has paid or caused to be
paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture; and 

  
 134

 (D) the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to
apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be. 
 (b) The
Issuer shall deliver an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied. 

(c) Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money has been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to
Section 11.01(a)(ii), the provisions of Sections 11.02 and 8.06 hereof shall survive. 
 Section 11.02. Application
of Trust Money. (a) Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06 hereof, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes
and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal, premium, and interest, and
Additional Interest, if any, for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

(b) If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 11.01 hereof by
reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuer’s and any Subsidiary Guarantor’s obligations under
this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof; provided that if the Issuer has made any payment of principal of, premium or interest, or Additional
Interest, if any, on, any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying
Agent. 
 ARTICLE 12 
 MISCELLANEOUS 
 Section 12.01. Trust Indenture Act
Controls. If and to the extent that any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision which is required to be included in this Indenture by the TIA, the provision required by the TIA shall control. Each
Subsidiary Guarantor in addition to performing its obligations under its Guarantee shall perform such other obligations as may be imposed upon it with respect to this Indenture under the TIA. 

  
 135

 Section 12.02. Notices. Any notice or communication shall be in writing and
delivered in person, sent by facsimile, sent by electronic mail, delivered by commercial courier service or mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed as follows: 
 if to the Issuer or to any Subsidiary Guarantor: 
 RadioShack Corporation

 300 RadioShack Circle, Mail Stop CF3-203 
 Fort Worth, Texas 
 Attention: Legal Department 

Telecopy: (817) 415-6593 
 with a copy to: 
 Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP 

425 Lexington Ave 

New York, New York 10017 
 Attention: Lesley Peng 
 Telecopy: (212) 455-2502 

if to the Trustee, at its corporate trust office, which corporate trust office for purposes of this Indenture is at the date hereof
located at: 
 Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 
 201 Main Street, 3rd Floor, Suite 301 
 Fort Worth, Texas 76102 

Attention: John Stohlmann, Vice President 
 Telecopy: 817-885-8650 
 Email: john.stohlmann@wellsfargo.com 

The Issuer or the Trustee by written notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or
communications. 
 Any notice or communication to the Issuer or the Subsidiary Guarantors shall be deemed to have been given or
made as of the date so delivered if personally delivered; when answered back, if telexed; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; on the first date on which publication is made, when given by publication; and five calendar days after mailing if
sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid (except that a notice of change of address shall not be deemed to have been given until actually received by the addressee). Any notice or communication to the Trustee shall be deemed delivered
upon receipt. 

  
 136

 Any notice or communication mailed to a Holder shall be mailed to the Holder at the
Holder’s address as it appears in the Notes Register and shall be sufficiently given if so mailed within the time prescribed. 
 Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided
above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it, except that notices to the Trustee shall be effective only upon receipt. 
 In case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service or by reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable to give such notice by mail, then such notification as shall be made with the approval
of the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient notification for every purpose hereunder. 
 Section 12.03. Communication
by Holders with other Holders. Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Issuer, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the
protection of TIA § 312(c). 
 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or any Note, where this Indenture or
any Note provides for notice of any event (including any notice of redemption) to a Holder of a Global Note (whether by mail or otherwise), such notice shall be sufficiently given if given to DTC for such Note (or its designee), pursuant to the
customary procedures of DTC. 
 Section 12.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any request
or application by the Issuer to the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee: 
 (a) an Officer’s Certificate in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to
the proposed action have been complied with; and 
 (b) an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee
stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with. 
 Section 12.05.
Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture shall include: 

(a) a statement that the individual making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 

  
 137

 (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon
which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
 (c) a statement that, in the opinion of
such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and 

(d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such individual, such covenant or condition has been complied with. 

In giving such Opinion of Counsel, counsel may rely as to factual matters on an Officer’s Certificate or on certificates of public
officials. 
 Section 12.06. When Notes Disregarded. In determining whether the Holders of the required aggregate
principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuer, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any Affiliate of them shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, for the purpose of
determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes which the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Also, subject to the foregoing, only Notes outstanding at the
time shall be considered in any such determination. 
 Section 12.07. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar.
The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by, or at meetings of, Holders. The Registrar and the Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions. 
 Section 12.08. Legal Holidays. A “Legal Holiday” is a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New
York. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. If a regular record date is a Legal Holiday, the record date shall not
be affected. 
 Section 12.09. Governing Law. THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE STATE COURTS OF, AND THE FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN, THE STATE OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT
OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE (INCLUDING THE GUARANTEES SET FORTH HEREIN) OR THE NOTES. 

  
 138

 Section 12.10. USA Patriot Act. The parties hereto acknowledge that in
accordance with Section 326 of the USA Patriot Act, the Trustee, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies
each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account. The parties to this Indenture agree that they shall provide the Trustee with such information as they may request in order to satisfy the requirements of the USA
Patriot Act. 
 Section 12.11. No Recourse Against Others. No director, officer, employee, incorporator or
stockholder of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Subsidiary Guarantors under the Notes, the Guarantees or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of
such obligations or their creation. Each Holder, by accepting a Note, waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. 

Section 12.12. Successors. All agreements of the Issuer and each Subsidiary Guarantor in this Indenture and the Notes shall
bind their respective successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors. 

Section 12.13. Multiple Originals. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an
original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. One signed copy is enough to prove this Indenture. The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution
and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all
purposes. 
 Section 12.14. Qualification of Indenture. The Issuer has agreed to qualify this Indenture under the
TIA in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Registration Rights Agreement and to pay all reasonable costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses for the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders) incurred in connection
therewith, including, but not limited to, costs and expenses of qualification of this Indenture and the Notes and printing this Indenture and the Notes. The Trustee shall be entitled to receive from the Issuer any such Officer’s Certificates,
Opinions of Counsel or other documentation as it may reasonably request in connection with any such qualification of this Indenture under the TIA. 
 Section 12.15. Table of Contents; Headings. The table of contents, cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of
reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 

  
 139

 Section 12.16. Waivers of Jury Trial. THE ISSUER, THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS
AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE GUARANTEES AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN. 

Section 12.17. Force Majeure. In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the
performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances,
nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services, it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable best efforts which are
consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances. 

  
 140

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed all as of the
date and year first written above. 
  

			
	RadioShack Corporation
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Mark Barfield

		 	 Name: Mark Barfield
 Title:
  Vice President and Treasurer

	
	Guarantors:
	
	 Atlantic Retail Ventures, Inc.
 ITC Services, Inc.
 RadioShack Customer Service LLC

RadioShack Global Sourcing Corporation

RadioShack Global Sourcing, Inc.
 RS Ig Holdings
Incorporated
 SCK, Inc.
 Tandy Finance
Corporation
 Tandy Holdings, Inc.

Tandy International Corporation

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Mark Barfield

		 	 Name: Mark Barfield
 Title:
  Vice President and Treasurer

	
	 Ignition L.P.

RadioShack Global Sourcing Limited Partnership

TE Electronics LP

		
	By:	 	RadioShack Corporation, its general partner
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Mark Barfield

		 	 Name: Mark Barfield
 Title:
  Vice President and Treasurer

  
 [Signature
Page to Indenture] 

 
			
	Merchandising Support Services, Inc.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Martin Moad

		 	 Name: Martin Moad
 Title:
  President

	
	 RSIgnite, LLC

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Martin Moad

		 	 Name: Martin Moad
 Title:
  Manager

	
	 TRS Quality, Inc.

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Joel Tiede

		 	 Name: Joel Tiede
 Title:
  President

  
 [Signature
Page to Indenture] 

 
			
	 WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
 as trustee

		
	By:	 	 /s/ John C. Stohlmann

		 	Name:  John C. Stohlmann
		 	Title:    Vice President

 [Signature Page to Indenture] 

 EXHIBIT A: Form of Series A Note 

[FORM OF FACE OF SERIES A NOTE] 
 [Applicable Restricted Notes Legend] 
 [Depository Legend, if applicable]

  

					
	No. [        ]	 	Principal Amount $[        ] [as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached hereto]1	  	
			
		 	CUSIP NO. ___________________________	  	

 RADIOSHACK CORPORATION 
 6.750% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2019 
 RadioShack
Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), promises to pay to [Cede &
Co.]1, or its registered assigns, the principal sum of
                     Dollars, [as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached hereto]1, on May 15, 2019. 

Interest Payment Dates: May 15 and November 15, commencing on November 15, 2011 

Record Dates: May 1 and November 1 
 Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note. 
  

 

1 Insert in Global Notes only 

  
 A-1

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be duly executed. 

 

			
	RADIOSHACK CORPORATION
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  
 A-2

					
	 TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF

AUTHENTICATION
 WELLS FARGO BANK,
NATIONAL
 ASSOCIATION,
 as Trustee,
certifies
 that this is one of
 the
Notes referred
 to in the Indenture.
	 	

  

							
	By:	 	  
	  		  	
		 	Authorized Officer	  		  	Date:                     

  
 A-3

 [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE] 

RADIOSHACK CORPORATION 
 6.750% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2019 
 Capitalized terms used herein and not
defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. 
 1. Interest 

RadioShack Corporation, a Delaware corporation (such corporation, and its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred
to, being herein called the “Issuer”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate of 6.750% per annum, which shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no
interest has been paid, from May 3, 2011. The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate specified herein, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest (including Additional Interest) at the same rate to the
extent lawful. Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. 
 The
Issuer shall make each interest payment in cash semi-annually in arrears on May 15 and November 15 of each year, commencing on November 15, 2011, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an
“Interest Payment Date”) to Holders of record of Notes on the immediately preceding May 1 and November 1. 
 In addition to the rights provided to Holders under the Indenture, Holders of Registrable Securities shall have all rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 3, 2011,
among RadioShack Corporation, the Subsidiary Guarantors named therein and the other parties named on the signature pages thereto (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), including the right to receive Additional Interest in certain
circumstances. If applicable, Additional Interest shall be paid to the same Persons, in the same manner and at the same times as regular interest. 
 2. Method of Payment 
 By no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on
the date on which any principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note is due and payable, the Issuer shall deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient in immediately available funds to pay such principal, premium or interest, including
Additional Interest, if any, when due. Interest on any Note which is payable, and is timely paid or duly provided for, on any interest payment date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered
at the 

  
 A-4

 
close of business on the preceding May 1 and November 1 at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.03 of the Indenture. The principal
of, premium, if any, and interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes shall be payable at the office or agency of Paying Agent or Registrar designated by the Issuer maintained for such purpose in the United States or at such other
office or agency of the Issuer as may be maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.03 of the Indenture; provided, however, that, at the option of the Issuer, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest, including
Additional Interest, if any, may be paid by (i) check mailed to addresses of the Persons entitled thereto as such addresses shall appear on the Notes Register or (ii) wire transfer to an account located in the United States maintained by
the payee, subject to the last sentence of this paragraph. Payments in respect of Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts
specified by The Depository Trust Company or any successor depository. Payments in respect of Notes represented by Definitive Notes (including principal, premium, if any, and interest, including Additional Interest, if any) held by a Holder of at
least $10,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by Definitive Notes shall be made by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by
giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 15 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion).

 3. Paying Agent and Registrar 
 The Issuer initially appoints Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (the “Trustee”) as Registrar and Paying Agent for the Notes. The Issuer may change any Registrar or Paying Agent
without prior notice to the Holders. The Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or transfer agent. 
 4.
Indenture 
 The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of May 3, 2011 (as it may be amended or
supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Indenture”), among RadioShack Corporation, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those
made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the “Act”). The Notes are subject to all terms and provisions of the
Indenture, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Act for a statement of those terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be
controlling. 

  
 A-5

 The Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Issuer. The aggregate principal amount of
Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under the Indenture is unlimited. This Note is one of the 6.750% Senior Unsecured Notes, Series A, due 2019 referred to in the Indenture. The Notes include (i) $325,000,000 principal amount of the
Issuer’s 6.750% Senior Unsecured Notes, Series A, due 2019 issued under the Indenture on May 3, 2011 (the “Initial Notes”), (ii) if and when issued, additional 6.750% Senior Unsecured Notes, Series A, due 2019 or
6.750% Senior Unsecured Notes, Series B, due 2019 of the Issuer that may be issued from time to time under the Indenture subsequent to May 3, 2011 (the “Additional Notes”) as provided in Section 2.01(a) of the Indenture
and (iii) if and when issued, the Issuer’s 6.750% Senior Unsecured Notes, Series B, due 2019 that may be issued from time to time under the Indenture in exchange for Initial Notes or Additional Notes in an offer registered under the
Securities Act as provided in the Registration Rights Agreement (herein called “Exchange Notes”). The Initial Notes, the Additional Notes and the Exchange Notes shall be considered collectively as a single class for all purposes of
the Indenture. 
 5. Guarantees 
 To guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal, premium, if any, and interest, including Additional Interest, if any (including post-filing or post-petition interest) on the Notes and all
other amounts payable by the Issuer under the Indenture and the Notes when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, according to the terms of the Notes and the Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantors
shall unconditionally guarantee (and future guarantors, together with the Subsidiary Guarantors, shall unconditionally Guarantee), jointly and severally, such obligations on a senior unsecured basis pursuant to the terms of the Indenture.

 6. Redemption 

The Issuer may redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon notice as described in Section 5.03 of the Indenture, at a redemption price
equal to 100% of the principal amount of Notes redeemed, plus the Applicable Premium (as defined below) as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, and Additional Interest, if any, to but excluding the date of redemption (the “Redemption
Date”), subject to the rights of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. 
 Until May 15, 2014, the Issuer may, at its option, upon notice as described under Section 5.03 of the Indenture, on one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of
the Notes issued under the Indenture at a redemption price equal to 106.750% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, and Additional Interest, thereon, if any,

  
 A-6

 
to but excluding the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, with the net
cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided that (a) at least 65% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under the Indenture on the Issue Date and any Additional Notes that are issued under
the Indenture after the Issue Date remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption and (b) each such redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering. The Trustee shall select the
Notes to be purchased in the manner described under Sections 5.01 through 5.06 of the Indenture. 
 Any redemption shall be made
pursuant to the provisions of Sections 5.01 through 5.06 of the Indenture. 
 The Issuer is not required to make mandatory
redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 
 7. Repurchase Provisions 

If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuer has previously or concurrently mailed a redemption notice with respect to all the
outstanding Notes as described in Section 5.07 of the Indenture, each Holder shall have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase from each Holder all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of such
Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, including Additional Interest, if any, to but excluding the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders
of record on the relevant record date to receive interest, including Additional Interest, if any, due on the relevant interest payment date as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture. 

8. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange 
 The Notes shall be issuable only in fully registered form, without coupons, and only in denominations of principal amount of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may
transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax and fees required by law or
permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange of any Note (A) for a period beginning (1) 15 days before the mailing of a notice of an offer to repurchase or redeem Notes and ending at the close of
business on the day of such mailing or (2) 15 days before an interest payment date and ending on such interest payment date or (B) called for redemption, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. 

  
 A-7

 9. Persons Deemed Owners 
 The registered Holder of this Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes. 
 10.
Unclaimed Money 
 If money for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest, including Additional Interest, if
any, remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Issuer at its request unless an abandoned property law designates another Person. After any such payment, Holders entitled to the money must look only
to the Issuer for payment as general creditors unless an abandoned property law designates another person and not to the Trustee for payment. 

11. Defeasance 
 Subject
to certain exceptions and conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Issuer at any time may terminate some or all of its obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Issuer deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Securities for
the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be. 
 12. Amendment, Supplement, Waiver 
 Subject to certain exceptions contained
in the Indenture, the Indenture and the Notes may be amended, or default may be waived, with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes. Without notice to or the consent of any Holder, the Issuer, the
Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture, and the Notes as provided in the Indenture. 
 13. Defaults and
Remedies 
 If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or
reorganization of the Issuer or certain Restricted Subsidiaries) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes by notice to the Issuer and the Trustee may, and the
Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, including Additional Interest, if any, and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and
payable immediately. Upon the effectiveness of such a declaration, such principal, premium and accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest) and any other monetary obligations 

  
 A-8

 
shall be due and payable immediately. If a bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Issuer or certain Restricted Subsidiaries occurs and is continuing, the principal of, premium, if any,
and accrued and unpaid interest, including Additional Interest, if any, and any other monetary obligations on all the Notes shall become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any
Holders. Under certain circumstances, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences. 
 14. Trustee Dealings with the Issuer 
 Subject to certain limitations set
forth in the Indenture, the Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors or their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were
not Trustee. 
 15. No Recourse Against Others 
 No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Subsidiary Guarantors under the
Notes, the Guarantees or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder, by accepting a Note, waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the
consideration for issuance of the Notes. 
 16. Authentication 
 This Note shall not be valid until an authorized officer of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent acting on its behalf) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note.

 17. Abbreviations 
 Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (= joint tenants with rights of survivorship
and not as tenants in common), CUST (= custodian) and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gift to Minors Act). 
 18. CUSIP, Common Code and ISIN Numbers

 The Issuer has caused CUSIP, Common Code and ISIN numbers, if applicable, to be printed on the Notes and has directed the
Trustee to use CUSIP, Common Code and ISIN numbers, if applicable, in notices of redemption or purchase as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any

  
 A-9

 
notice of redemption or purchase and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 
 19. Governing Law 
 This Note shall be governed by, and construed in
accordance with, the laws of the State of New York. 
 The Issuer shall furnish to any Holder upon written request and without
charge to the Holder a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to: 
 RadioShack Corporation 

300 RadioShack Circle, Mail Stop CF3-203 
 Fort Worth, Texas 
 Attention: Legal Department 

Telecopy: (817) 415-6593 
 with a copy to: 
 Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP 

425 Lexington Avenue 
 New York, New York 10017 
 Attention: Lesley Peng 

Telecopy: (212) 455-2502 

  
 A-10

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 
 To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
 I or we assign and transfer this
Note to: 
  
  

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code) 

 
  
 (Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. No.) 
 and irrevocably appoint
                     agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 

 
  
  

			
	Date:                     	  	Your Signature:                          
                                         
                          

 Signature Guarantee:                             
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                         
 (Signature must be guaranteed) 
  

 
 Sign exactly as your name appears on the other
side of this Note. 
 The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan
associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to S.E.C. Rule 17Ad-15. 
 The
undersigned hereby certifies that it  ̈ is /  ̈is not an Affiliate of the Issuer and that, to its knowledge, the proposed transferee  ̈ is /  ̈is not an Affiliate of the Issuer. 
 In
connection with any transfer or exchange of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the date that is one year after the later of the date of original issuance of such Notes and the last date, if any, on which such Notes
were owned by the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being: 
 CHECK ONE BOX BELOW: 

 

							
		 	(1)	    	 ̈	    	acquired for the undersigned’s own account, without transfer; or

  
 A-11

									
		 	(2)	    	 ̈	 	  	    	transferred to the Issuer; or
				
		 	(3)	    	 ̈	 	  	    	transferred pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”); or
				
		 	(4)	    	 ̈	 	  	    	transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act; or
				
		 	(5)	    	 ̈	 	  	    	transferred pursuant to and in compliance with Regulation S under the Securities Act; or
				
		 	(6)	    	 ̈	 	  	    	transferred to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act), that has furnished to the
Trustee a signed letter containing certain representations and agreements (the form of which letter appears as Section 2.07 of the Indenture); or
				
		 	(7)	    	 ̈	 	  	    	transferred pursuant to another available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee shall refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any person other
than the registered Holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (5), (6) or (7) is checked, the Issuer may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, in its sole discretion, such legal opinions,
certifications and other information as the Issuer may reasonably request to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, such as the exemption provided by Rule 144 under such Act. 
  

			
		 	  

Signature

		
	 Signature Guarantee:
	 	
		
	  
 (Signature must be guaranteed)
	 	  

Signature

  
 A-12

  

The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with
membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to S.E.C. Rule 17Ad-15. 
 TO BE COMPLETED BY
PURCHASER IF BOX (1) OR (3) ABOVE IS CHECKED. 
 The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this
Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuer as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to
request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A. 

 

	
	  

	 Dated:

  
 A-13

 [TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES] 

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTES 
 The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made: 
  

									
	 Date of
 Exchange
	 	 Amount of decrease in

Principal Amount of this
 Global Note
	 	 Amount of increase in

Principal Amount of
 this Global Note
	 	 Principal Amount of this

Global Note following such
 decrease or increase
	 	 Signature of authorized

signatory of Trustee or
 Notes Custodian

  
 A-14

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 3.05 or 3.09 of the Indenture, check either box:

  

							
		 	  ̈
	  	 ̈	  	
		 	 3.5
	  	3.09	  	

 If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to
Section 3.05 or 3.09 of the Indenture, state the amount in principal amount (must be in denominations of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof): $         and specify the
denomination or denominations (which shall not be less than the minimum authorized denomination) of the Notes to be issued to the Holder for the portion of the within Note not being repurchased (in the absence of any such specification, one such
Note shall be issued for the portion not being repurchased):                     . 

 

							
	 Date:
	 	  
	  	Your Signature	  	  

		 		  		  	  (Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of the Note)

  

			
	 Signature Guarantee:
	  	  

		  	            (Signature must be guaranteed)

 The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee
medallion program), pursuant to S.E.C. Rule 17Ad-15. 

  
 A-15

 EXHIBIT B: Form of Series B Note 

[FORM OF FACE OF SERIES B NOTE] 
 [Depository Legend, if applicable] 
  

			
	 No. [        ]
	  	 Principal Amount $[        ] [as

revised by the Schedule of Increases and

Decreases in Global Note attached hereto]1

		
		  	CUSIP NO.
                                         
               

 RADIOSHACK
CORPORATION 
 6.750% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2019 

RadioShack Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), promises to pay to [Cede &
Co.]1, or its registered assigns, the principal sum of
                     Dollars, [as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached hereto]1, on May 15, 2019. 

Interest Payment Dates: May 15 and November 15, commencing on November 15, 2011 

Record Dates: May 1 and November 1 
 Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note. 
  

 

	1 	 Insert in Global Notes only 

  
 B-1

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be duly executed. 

 

			
	RADIOSHACK CORPORATION
		
	 By:
	 	  

		 	 Name:

		 	 Title:

  
 B-2

							
	 TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
 WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
 as Trustee, certifies

that this is one of
 the Notes
referred
 to in the Indenture.
	  	
				
	 By:
	 	  
	 		  	
		 	Authorized Officer	 		  	Date:                     

  
 B-3

 [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE] 

RADIOSHACK CORPORATION 
 6.750% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2019 
 Capitalized terms used herein and not
defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. 
 1. Interest 

RadioShack Corporation, a Delaware corporation (such corporation, and its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred
to, being herein called the “Issuer”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate of 6.750% per annum, which shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no
interest has been paid, from May 3, 2011. The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate specified herein, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest (including Additional Interest) at the same rate to the
extent lawful. Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. 
 The
Issuer shall make each interest payment in cash semi-annually in arrears on May 15 and November 15 of each year, commencing on November 15, 2011, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an
“Interest Payment Date”) to Holders of record of Notes on the immediately preceding May 1 and November 1. 
 2.
Method of Payment 
 By no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date on which any principal of, premium, if any,
or interest on any Note is due and payable, the Issuer shall deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient in immediately available funds to pay such principal, premium or interest, including Additional Interest, if any, when due. Interest on any
Note which is payable, and is timely paid or duly provided for, on any interest payment date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the preceding May 1
and November 1 at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.03 of the Indenture. The principal of, premium, if any, and interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes shall be
payable at the office or agency of Paying Agent or Registrar designated by the Issuer maintained for such purpose in the United States or at such other office or agency of the Issuer as may be maintained for such purpose pursuant to
Section 2.03 of the Indenture; provided, however, that, at the option of the Issuer, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest, including Additional Interest, if any, may be paid by (i) check mailed to addresses

  
 B-4

 
of the Persons entitled thereto as such addresses shall appear on the Notes Register or (ii) wire transfer to an account located in the United States maintained by the payee, subject to the
last sentence of this paragraph. Payments in respect of Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by The Depository
Trust Company or any successor depository. Payments in respect of Notes represented by Definitive Notes (including principal, premium, if any, and interest, including Additional Interest, if any) held by a Holder of at least $10,000,000 aggregate
principal amount of Notes represented by Definitive Notes shall be made by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the
Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 15 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion). 

3. Paying Agent and Registrar 
 The Issuer initially appoints Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (the “Trustee”) as Registrar and Paying Agent for the Notes. The Issuer may change any Registrar or Paying Agent
without prior notice to the Holders. The Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or transfer agent. 
 4.
Indenture 
 The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of May 3, 2011 (as it may be amended or
supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Indenture”), among RadioShack Corporation, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those
made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the “Act”). The Notes are subject to all terms and provisions of the
Indenture, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Act for a statement of those terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be
controlling. 
 The Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Issuer. The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be
authenticated and delivered under the Indenture is unlimited. This Note is one of the 6.750% Senior Unsecured Notes, Series A, due 2019 referred to in the Indenture. The Notes include (i) $325,000,000 principal amount of the Issuer’s
6.750% Senior Unsecured Notes, Series A, due 2019 issued under the Indenture on May 3, 2011 (the “Initial Notes”), (ii) if and when issued, additional 6.750% Senior Unsecured Notes, Series A, due 2019 or 6.750% Senior
Unsecured Notes, Series B, due 2019 of the 

  
 B-5

 
Issuer that may be issued from time to time under the Indenture subsequent to May 3, 2011 (the “Additional Notes”) as provided in Section 2.01(a) of the Indenture and
(iii) if and when issued, the Issuer’s 6.750% Senior Unsecured Notes, Series B, due 2019 that may be issued from time to time under the Indenture in exchange for Initial Notes or Additional Notes in an offer registered under the Securities
Act as provided in the Registration Rights Agreement (herein called “Exchange Notes”). The Initial Notes, the Additional Notes and the Exchange Notes shall be considered collectively as a single class for all purposes of the
Indenture. 
 5. Guarantees 
 To guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal, premium, if any, and interest, including Additional Interest, if any (including post-filing or post-petition interest) on the Notes and all
other amounts payable by the Issuer under the Indenture and the Notes when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, according to the terms of the Notes and the Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantors
shall unconditionally guarantee (and future guarantors, together with the Subsidiary Guarantors, shall unconditionally Guarantee), jointly and severally, such obligations on a senior unsecured basis pursuant to the terms of the Indenture.

 6. Redemption 

The Issuer may redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon notice as described in Section 5.03 of the Indenture, at a redemption price
equal to 100% of the principal amount of Notes redeemed, plus the Applicable Premium (as defined below) as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, and Additional Interest, if any, to but excluding the date of redemption (the “Redemption
Date”), subject to the rights of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. 
 Until May 15, 2014, the Issuer may, at its option, upon notice as described under Section 5.03 of the Indenture, on one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of
the Notes issued under the Indenture at a redemption price equal to 106.750% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, and Additional Interest, thereon, if any, to but excluding the applicable Redemption Date,
subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided that (a) at least 65% of the sum of
the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under the Indenture on the Issue Date and any Additional Notes that are issued under the Indenture after the Issue Date remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such
redemption and (b) each such redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of closing of each such Equity 

  
 B-6

 
Offering. The Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased in the manner described under Sections 5.01 through 5.06 of the Indenture. 

Any redemption shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 5.01 through 5.06 of the Indenture. 

The Issuer is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 

7. Repurchase Provisions 

If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuer has previously or concurrently mailed a redemption notice with respect to all the
outstanding Notes as described in Section 5.07 of the Indenture, each Holder shall have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase from each Holder all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of such
Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, including Additional Interest, if any, to but excluding the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders
of record on the relevant record date to receive interest, including Additional Interest, if any, due on the relevant interest payment date as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture. 

8. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange 
 The Notes shall be issuable only in fully registered form, without coupons, and only in denominations of principal amount of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may
transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax and fees required by law or
permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange of any Note (A) for a period beginning (1) 15 days before the mailing of a notice of an offer to repurchase or redeem Notes and ending at the close of
business on the day of such mailing or (2) 15 days before an interest payment date and ending on such interest payment date or (B) called for redemption, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. 

9. Persons Deemed Owners 

The registered Holder of this Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes. 

  
 B-7

 10. Unclaimed Money 
 If money for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest, including Additional Interest, if any, remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the
Issuer at its request unless an abandoned property law designates another Person. After any such payment, Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Issuer for payment as general creditors unless an abandoned property law designates another
person and not to the Trustee for payment. 
 11. Defeasance 
 Subject to certain exceptions and conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Issuer at any time may terminate some or all of its obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Issuer deposits with
the Trustee money or U.S. Government Securities for the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be. 

12. Amendment, Supplement, Waiver 
 Subject to certain exceptions contained in the Indenture, the Indenture and the Notes may be amended, or default may be waived, with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the
outstanding Notes. Without notice to or the consent of any Holder, the Issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture, and the Notes as provided in the Indenture. 

13. Defaults and Remedies 

If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the
Issuer or certain Restricted Subsidiaries) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes by notice to the Issuer and the Trustee may, and the Trustee at the request of
such Holders shall, declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, including Additional Interest, if any, and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately. Upon the
effectiveness of such a declaration, such principal, premium and accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest) and any other monetary obligations shall be due and payable immediately. If a bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of
the Issuer or certain Restricted Subsidiaries occurs and is continuing, the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, including Additional Interest, if any, and any other monetary obligations on all the Notes shall become and
be immediately due and payable without any declaration 

  
 B-8

 
or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. Under certain circumstances, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may rescind any such acceleration with
respect to the Notes and its consequences. 
 14. Trustee Dealings with the Issuer 

Subject to certain limitations set forth in the Indenture, the Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or
pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors or their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. 
 15. No Recourse Against Others 
 No director, officer, employee,
incorporator or stockholder of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Subsidiary Guarantors under the Notes, the Guarantees or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of,
or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder, by accepting a Note, waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. 

16. Authentication 
 This
Note shall not be valid until an authorized officer of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent acting on its behalf) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note. 

17. Abbreviations 

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by
the entirety), JT TEN (= joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= custodian) and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gift to Minors Act). 
 18. CUSIP, Common Code and ISIN Numbers 
 The Issuer has caused CUSIP,
Common Code and ISIN numbers, if applicable, to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP, Common Code and ISIN numbers, if applicable, in notices of redemption or purchase as a convenience to Holders. No representation is
made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption or purchase and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 

  
 B-9

 19. Governing Law 
 This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York. 
 The Issuer shall furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge to the Holder a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to: 

RadioShack Corporation 
 300 RadioShack Circle, Mail Stop CF3-203 
 Fort Worth, Texas 

Attention: Legal Department 
 Telecopy: (817) 415-6593 
 with a copy to: 

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP 
 425 Lexington Avenue 
 New York, New York 10017 

Attention: Lesley Peng 
 Telecopy: (212) 455-2502 

  
 B-10

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 
 To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
 I or we assign and transfer this
Note to: 
  
  

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code) 

 
  
 (Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. No.) 
 and irrevocably appoint
                     agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 

 
  
  

					
	Date:_________________________________________	  	Your Signature:	  	  

					
		
	Signature Guarantee:	 	  

(Signature must be guaranteed) 
  

 
 Sign exactly as your name appears on the other
side of this Note. 
 The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan
associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to S.E.C. Rule 17Ad-15. 

  
 B-11

 [TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES] 

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTES 
 The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made: 
  

									
	 Date of
 Exchange
	  	Amount of decrease in
Principal Amount of this
Global Note	  	Amount of increase in
Principal Amount of
this Global Note	  	Principal Amount of this
Global Note following such
decrease or increase	  	Signature of authorized
signatory of Trustee or
Notes Custodian

  
 B-12

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 3.05 or 3.09 of the Indenture, check either box:

  

							
		 	  ̈
	  	 ̈	  	
		 	 3.5
	  	3.09	  	

 If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to
Section 3.05 or 3.09 of the Indenture, state the amount in principal amount (must be in denominations of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof): $         and specify the
denomination or denominations (which shall not be less than the minimum authorized denomination) of the Notes to be issued to the Holder for the portion of the within Note not being repurchased (in the absence of any such specification, one such
Note shall be issued for the portion not being repurchased):                         . 

 

							
	 Date:
	 	  
	  	Your Signature	  	  

		 		  		  	  (Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of the Note)

  

			
	 Signature Guarantee:
	  	  

		  	            (Signature must be guaranteed)

 The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee
medallion program), pursuant to S.E.C. Rule 17Ad-15. 

  
 B-13

 EXHIBIT C: Form of Indenture Supplement to Add Future Subsidiary 

Guarantors 

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE TO ADD FUTURE SUBSIDIARY 
 GUARANTORS 
 This Supplemental Indenture is entered into as of [ ], 20[ ] (this
“Supplemental Indenture”), by and among [NAME OF FUTURE GUARANTOR] (the “New Guarantor”), a subsidiary of RadioShack Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), and Wells Fargo Bank,
National Association, as Trustee under the Indenture referred to below. 
 W I T N E S S E T H: 

WHEREAS, the Issuer and the Trustee have heretofore executed and delivered an Indenture dated as of May 3, 2011, as supplemented by
a supplemental indenture dated as of [ ], 20[ ], among the Issuer, the other Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto and the Trustee (as supplemented, waived or otherwise modified, the “Indenture”), providing for the issuance of an
aggregate principal amount of $325.0 million of 6.750% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2019 of the Issuer (the “Notes”); 
 WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the New Guarantor shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the New Guarantor shall
unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture (the “Guarantee”); and 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is
hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders as follows: 

ARTICLE I 

DEFINITIONS 
 SECTION 1.1 Defined Terms. As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recital hereto are used herein as therein defined. The words “herein,”
“hereof” and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular section hereof. 

  
 C-1

 ARTICLE II 
 REPRESENTATIONS; AGREEMENT TO BE BOUND; GUARANTEE 
 SECTION 2.1 Agreement
to be Bound. The New Guarantor hereby becomes a party to the Indenture as a Subsidiary Guarantor and as such shall have all of the rights and be subject to all of the obligations and agreements of a Subsidiary Guarantor under the Indenture. The New
Guarantor agrees to be bound by all of the provisions of the Indenture applicable to a Subsidiary Guarantor and to perform all of the obligations and agreements of a Subsidiary Guarantor under the Indenture including pursuant to Article 10 of the
Indenture. 
 ARTICLE III 
 MISCELLANEOUS 
 SECTION 3.1 Notices. All notices and other communications
to the New Guarantor shall be given as provided in the Indenture to the New Guarantor, at its address set forth below, with a copy to the Issuer as provided in the Indenture for notices to the Issuer. 

SECTION 3.2 Parties. Nothing expressed or mentioned herein is intended or shall be construed to give any Person, firm or corporation,
other than the Holders and the Trustee, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture or any provision herein or therein contained. 

SECTION 3.3 Governing Law. This Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of
New York. 
 SECTION 3.4 Severability Clause. In case any provision in this Supplemental Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or
unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability.

 SECTION 3.5 Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the
Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of
Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. The Trustee makes no representation or warranty as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or with respect to the recitals contained herein, all
of which recitals are made solely by the other parties hereto. 

  
 C-2

 SECTION 3.6 Counterparts. The parties hereto may sign one or more copies of this
Supplemental Indenture in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. 
 SECTION 3.7
Headings. The headings of the Articles and the sections in this Supplemental Indenture are for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the meaning or interpretation of any provisions hereof. 

  
 C-3

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly
executed as of the date first above written. 
  

			
	[NEW GUARANTOR],
		
	 By:
	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  
 C-4Registration Rights Agreement

 Exhibit 4.3 
 REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT 
 by and among 

RadioShack Corporation 
 the Guarantors party hereto 
 and 

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated 
 Goldman, Sachs & Co. 
 J.P. Morgan Securities LLC 

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC 
 Dated as of May 3, 2011 

 REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT 

This Registration Rights Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of May 3, 2011, by and among
RadioShack Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the parties identified on the signature page hereto as guarantors, (the “Guarantors”), and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated,
Goldman, Sachs & Co., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC (collectively, the “Initial Purchasers”), each of whom has agreed to purchase the Company’s 6.750% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2019 (the
“Initial Notes”) fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the Guarantors (the “Guarantees”) pursuant to the Purchase Agreement (as defined below). The Initial Notes and the Guarantees attached thereto are herein
collectively referred to as the “Initial Securities.” 
 This Agreement is made pursuant to the Purchase
Agreement, dated April 28, 2011 (the “Purchase Agreement”), among the Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers (i) for the benefit of the Initial Purchasers and (ii) for the benefit of the holders from time
to time of the Initial Securities, including the Initial Purchasers. In order to induce the Initial Purchasers to purchase the Initial Securities, the Company has agreed to provide the registration rights set forth in this Agreement. The execution
and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the obligations of the Initial Purchasers set forth in Section 5(f) of the Purchase Agreement. 
 The parties hereby agree as follows: 
 SECTION 1. Definitions. As used
in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms shall have the following meanings: 
 Additional Interest: As defined
in Section 5(a) hereof. 
 Additional Interest Payment Date: With respect to the Initial Securities, each Interest
Payment Date. 
 Agreement: As defined in the preamble hereof. 

Broker-Dealer: Any broker or dealer registered under the Exchange Act. 

Business Day: Each day which is not a Legal Holiday. 
 Closing Date: The date of this Agreement. 
 Commission: The
Securities and Exchange Commission. 
 Company: As defined in the preamble hereto. 

Consummate: A registered Exchange Offer shall be deemed “Consummated” for purposes of this Agreement upon the occurrence
of (i) the filing and effectiveness under the Securities Act of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement relating to the Exchange Securities to be issued in the Exchange Offer, (ii) the maintenance of such Registration Statement
continuously effective and the keeping of the Exchange Offer open for a period not less than the minimum 

 
period required pursuant to Section 3(b) hereof, and (iii) the delivery by the Company to the Registrar under the Indenture of Exchange Securities in the same aggregate principal amount
as the aggregate principal amount of Initial Securities that were tendered by Holders thereof pursuant to the Exchange Offer. 

Exchange Act: The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

Exchange Offer: The registration by the Company under the Securities Act of the Exchange Securities pursuant to a Registration
Statement pursuant to which the Company offers the Holders of all outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities the opportunity to exchange all such outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities held by such Holders for Exchange Securities in an aggregate
principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities tendered in such exchange offer by such Holders. 
 Exchange Offer Registration Statement: The Registration Statement relating to the Exchange Offer, including the related Prospectus. 

Exempt Resales: The transactions in which the Initial Purchasers propose to sell the Initial Securities to certain “qualified
institutional buyers,” as such term is defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act and to certain non-U.S. persons pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act. 
 Exchange Securities: The 6.750% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2019, of the same series under the Indenture as the Initial Securities and the Guarantees attached thereto, to be issued to Holders in
exchange for Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to this Agreement. 
 FINRA: Financial Industry Regulatory
Authority, Inc. 
 Guarantees: As defined in the preamble hereto. 

Guarantors: As defined in the preamble hereto. 
 Holders: As defined in Section 2(b) hereof. 
 Indenture: The
Indenture, dated as of May 3, 2011, by and among the Company, the Guarantors and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”), pursuant to which the Securities are to be issued, as such Indenture is
amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof. 
 Initial Notes: As defined in the
preamble hereto. 
 Initial Placement: The issuance and sale by the Company of the Initial Securities to the Initial
Purchasers pursuant to the Purchase Agreement. 
 Initial Purchasers: As defined in the preamble hereto. 

Initial Securities: As defined in the preamble hereto. 

  
 -2-

 Interest Payment Date: As defined in the Indenture and the Securities. 

Legal Holiday: A Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of
New York. 
 Person: Any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association,
joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity. 
 Prospectus: The prospectus included in a Registration Statement, as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement and by all other amendments thereto, including post-effective amendments,
and all material incorporated by reference into such Prospectus. 
 Purchase Agreement: As defined in the preamble
hereto. 
 Registration Default: As defined in Section 5 hereof. 

Registration Statement: Any registration statement of the Company relating to (a) an offering of Exchange Securities pursuant
to an Exchange Offer or (b) the registration for resale of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, which is filed pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, in each case, including the Prospectus included
therein, all amendments and supplements thereto (including post-effective amendments) and all exhibits and material incorporated by reference therein. 
 Securities: The Initial Securities and the Exchange Securities. 

Securities Act: The Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 
 Shelf Filing Deadline: As defined in Section 4(a) hereof. 
 Shelf
Registration Statement: As defined in Section 4(a) hereof. 
 Transfer Restricted Securities: Each Initial
Security, until the earliest to occur of (a) the date on which such Initial Security is exchanged in the Exchange Offer for an Exchange Security entitled to be resold to the public by the Holder thereof without complying with the prospectus
delivery requirements of the Securities Act, (b) the date on which such Initial Security has been effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with a Shelf Registration Statement and (c) the date on which
such Initial Security is distributed to the public by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the “Plan of Distribution” contemplated by the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (including delivery of the Prospectus contained therein). 

Trust Indenture Act: The Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. 

Underwritten Registration or Underwritten Offering: A registration in which securities of the Company are sold to an underwriter
for reoffering to the public. 

  
 -3-

 SECTION 2. Securities Subject to this Agreement. 

(a) Transfer Restricted Securities. The securities entitled to the benefits of this Agreement are the Transfer Restricted
Securities. 
 (b) Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities. A Person is deemed to be a holder of Transfer Restricted
Securities (each, a “Holder”) whenever such Person owns Transfer Restricted Securities. 
 SECTION 3.
Registered Exchange Offer. 
 (a) Unless the Exchange Offer shall not be permissible under applicable law or Commission
policy, each of the Company and the Guarantors shall use its commercially reasonable efforts (i) to cause to be filed with the Commission a Registration Statement under the Securities Act relating to the Exchange Securities and the Exchange
Offer, (ii) to cause such Registration Statement to become effective, (iii) in connection with the foregoing, to cause all necessary filings in connection with the registration and qualification of the Exchange Securities to be made under
the state securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as are necessary to permit Consummation of the Exchange Offer, and (iv) promptly after the effectiveness of such Registration Statement, commence the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer
shall be on the appropriate form permitting registration of the Exchange Securities to be offered in exchange for the Transfer Restricted Securities and to permit resales of Initial Securities held by Broker-Dealers as contemplated by
Section 3(c) hereof. 
 (b) Each of the Company and the Guarantors shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause
the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be effective continuously and keep the Exchange Offer open for a period of not less than the minimum period required under applicable federal and state securities laws to Consummate the Exchange Offer;
provided, however, that in no event shall such period be less than 20 Business Days after the date notice of the Exchange Offer is mailed to the Holders. The Company shall cause the Exchange Offer to comply with all applicable federal and
state securities laws. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Exchange Offer to be Consummated no later than 220 days after the Closing Date (or if such 220th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business
Day). 
 (c) The Company shall indicate in a “Plan of Distribution” section contained in the Prospectus forming a part
of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement that any Broker-Dealer who holds Initial Securities that are Transfer Restricted Securities and that were acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities
(other than Transfer Restricted Securities acquired directly from the Company), may exchange such Initial Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer; however, such Broker-Dealer may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the
Securities Act and must, therefore, deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resales of the Exchange Securities received by such Broker-Dealer in the Exchange Offer, which prospectus delivery
requirement may be satisfied by the delivery by such Broker-Dealer of the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. Such “Plan of Distribution” section shall also contain all other information with respect to such
resales by Broker-Dealers that the Commission 

  
 -4-

 
may require in order to permit such resales pursuant thereto, but such “Plan of Distribution” shall not name any such Broker-Dealer or disclose the amount of Initial Securities held by
any such Broker-Dealer except to the extent required by the Commission as a result of a change in policy after the date of this Agreement. 
 Each of the Company and the Guarantors shall use its best efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended as required by the provisions of
Section 6(c) hereof to the extent necessary to ensure that it is available for resales of Initial Securities acquired by Broker-Dealers for their own accounts as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, and to ensure
that it conforms with the requirements of this Agreement, the Securities Act and the policies, rules and regulations of the Commission as announced from time to time, for a period ending on the earlier of (i) 90 days from the date on which the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective and (ii) the date on which a Broker-Dealer is no longer required to deliver a prospectus in connection with market-making or other trading activities. 

The Company shall provide sufficient copies of the latest version of such Prospectus to Broker-Dealers promptly upon request at any time
during such 90-day (or shorter as provided in the foregoing sentence) period in order to facilitate such resales. 

SECTION 4. Shelf Registration. 
 (a) Shelf Registration. If (i) the Company is not required to file an Exchange Offer Registration Statement or to Consummate the Exchange Offer because the Exchange Offer is not permissible
under applicable law or Commission policy, (ii) for any reason the Exchange Offer is not Consummated within 220 days after the Closing Date (or if such 220th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day), or (iii) with
respect to any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities, the Company receives from such Holder prior to the
20th Business Day following consummation of the Exchange
Offer written notification that such Holder is prohibited by applicable law or Commission policy from participating in the Exchange Offer or such Holder is a Broker-Dealer and owns Initial Securities acquired directly from the Company or one of its
affiliates, then, upon such Holder’s request, each of the Company and the Guarantors shall 
 (x) use its
commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be filed a shelf registration statement (the “Shelf Registration Statement”) on or prior to the 30th day after the date on which the Company receives written notice from a Holder of Transfer
Restricted Securities as contemplated by clause (iii) above (such date being the “Shelf Filing Deadline”), which Shelf Registration Statement shall provide for resales of all Transfer Restricted Securities the Holders of which shall
have provided the information required pursuant to Section 4(b) hereof; and 
 (y) use its commercially
reasonable efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission on or before the 30th day after the Shelf Filing Deadline (or if such 30th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day).

  
 -5-

 Each of the Company and the Guarantors shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep
such Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended as required by the provisions of, and subject to the qualifications of, Sections 6(b) and (c) hereof to the extent necessary to ensure that it is available for
resales of Initial Securities by the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities entitled to the benefit of this Section 4(a), and to ensure that it conforms with the requirements of this Agreement, the Securities Act and the policies, rules and
regulations of the Commission as announced from time to time, for a period expiring upon the later of (x) one year following the Closing Date and (y) the date on which the restricted legend has been removed from the Initial Securities and
the Company has obtained an unrestricted CUSIP for the Initial Securities (or in the case of (x) and (y) such shorter period that will terminate when all the Initial Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement have been sold
pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement or are no longer outstanding). 
 (b) Provision by Holders of Certain
Information in Connection with the Shelf Registration Statement. No Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities may include any of its Transfer Restricted Securities in any Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to this Agreement unless and until
such Holder furnishes to the Company in writing, within 20 Business Days after receipt of a request therefor, such information as the Company may reasonably request for use in connection with any Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus or
preliminary Prospectus included therein. Each Holder as to which any Shelf Registration Statement is being effected agrees to furnish promptly to the Company all information required to be disclosed in order to make the information previously
furnished to the Company by such Holder not materially misleading. 
 SECTION 5. Additional Interest. If
(i) the Exchange Offer has not been consummated within 220 days after the Closing Date (or if such 220th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day); (ii) if required to be filed, the Shelf Registration Statement is not
filed and declared effective on or prior to the 30th day after the date on which such filing obligation arises (or if such 30th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day); or (iii) any registration statement required by this
Agreement is filed and declared effective but shall thereafter cease to be effective or fail to be usable for its intended purpose without being succeeded immediately by a post-effective amendment to such Registration Statement that cures such
failure and that is immediately declared effective (each such event referred to in clauses (i) through (iii) above, a “Registration Default”), the Company hereby agrees that the interest rate borne by the Transfer Restricted
Securities shall be increased by 0.25% per annum during the 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of any Registration Default and shall increase by 0.25% per annum at the end of each subsequent 90-day period, but in no event
shall such increase exceed 1.00% per annum (“Additional Interest”). Following the cure of all Registration Defaults relating to any particular Transfer Restricted Securities, the interest rate borne by the relevant Transfer
Restricted Securities will be reduced to the original interest rate borne by such Transfer Restricted Securities; provided, however, that, if after any such reduction in interest rate, a different Registration Default occurs, the interest
rate borne by the relevant Transfer Restricted Securities shall again be increased pursuant to the foregoing provisions. Additional Interest shall be payable on the same dates and to the same persons that the Company makes other interest payments on
the Initial Securities or the Exchange Securities, as applicable, until all Registration Defaults are corrected. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no Additional Interest shall be payable on any Transfer Restricted Security
when such Transfer 

  
 -6-

 
Restricted Security has ceased to be outstanding (as opposed to ceasing to be a Transfer Restricted Security). 
 All obligations of the Company and the Guarantors set forth in the preceding paragraph that are outstanding with respect to any Transfer Restricted Security at the time such security ceases to be a
Transfer Restricted Security shall survive until such time as all such obligations with respect to such security shall have been satisfied in full. 
 SECTION 6. Registration Procedures. 
 (a) Exchange Offer
Registration Statement. In connection with the Exchange Offer, each of the Company and the Guarantors shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all of the provisions of Section 6(c) hereof and, shall use its commercially
reasonable efforts to effect such exchange to permit the sale of Transfer Restricted Securities being sold in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof. 

(i) [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED] 
 (ii) As a condition to its participation in the Exchange Offer pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities shall furnish, upon the request of the Company, prior
to the Consummation thereof, a written representation to the Company (which may be contained in the letter of transmittal contemplated by the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) to the effect that (A) it is not an affiliate of the Company,
(B) it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate in, a distribution of the Exchange Securities to be issued in the Exchange Offer and (C) it is acquiring the
Exchange Securities in its ordinary course of business. In addition, all such Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities shall otherwise cooperate in the Company’s preparations for the Exchange Offer. Each Holder hereby acknowledges and agrees
that any Broker-Dealer and any such Holder using the Exchange Offer to participate in a distribution of the securities to be acquired in the Exchange Offer (1) could not under Commission policy as in effect on the date of this Agreement rely on
the position of the Commission enunciated in Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (available June 5, 1991) and Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988), as interpreted in the Commission’s letter to
Shearman & Sterling dated July 2, 1993, and similar no-action letters (which may include any no-action letter obtained pursuant to clause (i) above), and (2) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery
requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction and that such a secondary resale transaction should be covered by an effective registration statement containing the selling security holder information required by
Item 507 or 508, as applicable, of Regulation S-K if the resales are of Exchange Securities obtained by such Holder in exchange for Initial Securities acquired by such Holder directly from the Company. 

(b) Shelf Registration Statement. In connection with the Shelf Registration Statement, each of the Company and the Guarantors
shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all the provisions of Section 6(c) hereof and shall use its commercially reasonable 

  
 -7-

 
efforts to effect such registration to permit the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities being sold in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof, and pursuant
thereto each of the Company and the Guarantors will prepare and file with the Commission a Registration Statement relating to the registration on any appropriate form under the Securities Act, which form shall be available for the sale of the
Transfer Restricted Securities in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof. 
 (c) General
Provisions. In connection with any Registration Statement and any Prospectus required by this Agreement to permit the sale or resale of Transfer Restricted Securities (including, without limitation, any Registration Statement and the related
Prospectus required to permit resales of Initial Securities by Broker-Dealers), each of the Company and the Guarantors shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to: 

(i) keep such Registration Statement continuously effective and provide all requisite financial statements (including, if
required by the Securities Act or any regulation thereunder, financial statements of the Guarantors for the period specified in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as applicable; subject to the last paragraph of this Section 6(c), upon the occurrence
of any event that would cause any such Registration Statement or the Prospectus contained therein (A) to contain a material misstatement or omission or (B) not to be effective and usable for resale of Transfer Restricted Securities during
the period required by this Agreement, the Company shall file promptly an appropriate amendment to such Registration Statement, in the case of clause (A), correcting any such misstatement or omission, and, in the case of either clause (A) or
(B), use its best efforts to cause such amendment to be declared effective and such Registration Statement and the related Prospectus to become usable for their intended purpose(s) as soon as practicable thereafter; 

(ii) prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and post-effective amendments to the applicable Registration
Statement as may be necessary to keep the Registration Statement effective for the applicable period set forth in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as applicable, or such shorter period as will terminate when all Transfer Restricted Securities covered by
such Registration Statement have been sold or are no longer outstanding; cause the Prospectus to be supplemented by any required Prospectus supplement, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act, and to comply
fully with the applicable provisions of Rules 424 and 430A under the Securities Act in a timely manner; and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement
during the applicable period in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution by the sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement or supplement to the Prospectus; 

(iii) advise the underwriter(s), if any, and selling Holders promptly and, if requested by such Persons, to confirm such
advice in writing, (A) when the Prospectus or any Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to any Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto, when the same has become effective,
(B) of any request by the Commission for amendments to the 

  
 -8-

 
Registration Statement or amendments or supplements to the Prospectus or for additional information relating thereto, (C) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the
effectiveness of the Registration Statement under the Securities Act or of the suspension by any state securities commission of the qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or the initiation of
any proceeding for any of the preceding purposes and (D) of the existence of any fact or the happening of any event that makes any statement of a material fact made in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, any amendment or supplement
thereto, or any document incorporated by reference therein untrue, or that requires the making of any additions to or changes in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein not misleading. If at any time the
Commission shall issue any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, or any state securities commission or other regulatory authority shall issue an order suspending the qualification or exemption from qualification of
the Transfer Restricted Securities under state securities or blue sky laws, each of the Company and the Guarantors shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal or lifting of such order promptly; 

(iv) furnish without charge to each of the Initial Purchasers, each selling Holder named in any Registration Statement,
and each of the underwriter(s), if any, before filing with the Commission, copies of any Registration Statement or any Prospectus included therein or any amendments or supplements to any such Registration Statement or Prospectus (including all
documents incorporated by reference after the initial filing of such Registration Statement), which documents will be subject to the review and comment of such Holders and underwriter(s) in connection with such sale, if any, for a period of at least
five Business Days, and the Company will not file any such Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any such Registration Statement or Prospectus (including all such documents incorporated by reference) to which an
Initial Purchaser of Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Registration Statement or the underwriter(s), if any, shall reasonably object in writing within five Business Days after the receipt thereof (such objection to be deemed timely made
upon confirmation of telecopy transmission within such period). The objection of an Initial Purchaser or underwriter, if any, shall be deemed to be reasonable if such Registration Statement, amendment, Prospectus or supplement, as applicable, as
proposed to be filed, contains a material misstatement or omission; 
 (v) if reasonably requested to do so by
the Initial Purchasers, any selling Holder named in the Registration Statement or the managing underwriter, if any, promptly prior to the filing of any document that is to be incorporated by reference into a Registration Statement or Prospectus,
provide copies of such document to the Initial Purchasers, such selling Holder named, and to the underwriter(s), if any, make the Company’s and the Guarantors’ representatives available for discussion of such document and other customary
due diligence matters, and include such information in such document prior to the filing thereof as such selling Holders or underwriter(s), if any, reasonably may request; 

  
 -9-

 (vi) if reasonably requested to do so by the Initial Purchasers, any selling
Holder named in the Registration Statement or the managing underwriter, if any, participating in any disposition pursuant to such Registration Statement, promptly prior to the filing of any document that is to be incorporated by reference into a
Registration Statement or Prospectus, make available at reasonable times for inspection by the Initial Purchasers, such Holder, such underwriter(s), if any, and any attorney or accountant retained by such Initial Purchasers or any of the
underwriter(s), all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of each of the Company and the Guarantors and cause the Company’s and the Guarantors’ officers, directors and employees to supply all information
reasonably requested by any such Holder or underwriter or their attorneys or accountants in connection with such Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto subsequent to the filing thereof and prior to its effectiveness and to
participate in meetings with investors to the extent requested by the managing underwriter(s), if any; 
 (vii)
if reasonably requested by any selling Holders or the underwriter(s), if any, promptly incorporate in any Registration Statement or Prospectus, pursuant to a supplement or post-effective amendment if necessary, such information as such selling
Holders and underwriter(s), if any, may reasonably request to have included therein, including, without limitation, information relating to the “Plan of Distribution” of the Transfer Restricted Securities, information with respect to the
principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities being sold to such underwriter(s), the purchase price being paid therefor and any other terms of the offering of the Transfer Restricted Securities to be sold in such offering; and make all required
filings of such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment as soon as practicable after the Company is notified of the matters to be incorporated in such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment; 

(viii) cause the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be rated with the appropriate
rating agencies, if so requested by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered thereby or the underwriter(s), if any; 

(ix) furnish to each Initial Purchaser, each selling Holder and each of the underwriter(s), if any, without charge, at
least one copy of the Registration Statement, as first filed with the Commission, and of each amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules, all documents incorporated by reference therein and all exhibits (including exhibits
incorporated therein by reference); 
 (x) deliver to each selling Holder and each of the underwriter(s), if any,
without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus (including each preliminary prospectus) and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Persons reasonably may request; each of the Company and the Guarantors hereby consents to the use of the
Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders and each of the underwriter(s), if any, in connection with the offering and the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Prospectus or any amendment
or supplement thereto; 

  
 -10-

 (xi) enter into such agreements (including an underwriting agreement), and
make such representations and warranties, and take all such other actions in connection therewith in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of the Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to any Registration Statement contemplated by this
Agreement, all to such extent as may be reasonably requested by any Initial Purchaser or by any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities or underwriter in connection with any sale or resale pursuant to any Registration Statement contemplated by this
Agreement; and if an underwriting agreement is entered into, each of the Company and the Guarantors shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to: 
 (A) furnish to each Initial Purchaser, each selling Holder and each underwriter, if any, in such substance and scope as they may request and as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in primary
underwritten offerings, upon the date of the Consummation of the Exchange Offer or, if applicable, the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement: 
 (1) a customary certificate, dated the date of Consummation of the Exchange Offer or the date of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, signed by (y) the President or
any Vice President and (z) a principal financial or accounting officer of each of the Company and the Guarantors, confirming, as of the date thereof, the matters set forth in paragraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) of Section 5(e) of the
Purchase Agreement and such other matters as such parties may reasonably request; 
 (2) an opinion, dated the
date of Consummation of the Exchange Offer or the date of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, of counsel for the Company and the Guarantors in form, scope and substance reasonably satisfactory to the managing
underwriter or underwriters addressed to the underwriters covering matters customarily covered in opinions in underwritten offerings; and 
 (3) a customary comfort letter, dated the date of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, from the Company’s independent accountants, in the customary form and covering matters of the type
customarily requested to be covered in comfort letters by underwriters in connection with primary underwritten offerings, and covering or affirming the matters set forth in the comfort letters delivered pursuant to Section 5(a) of the Purchase
Agreement; 
 (B) set forth in full or incorporate by reference in the underwriting agreement, if any, the
indemnification provisions and procedures of Section 8 hereof with respect to all parties to be indemnified pursuant to said Section or such other provisions and procedures acceptable to Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of
the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement and the managing underwriters(s), if any; and 

  
 -11-

 (C) deliver such other documents and certificates as may be reasonably
requested by such parties to evidence compliance with Section 6(c)(xi)(A) hereof and with any customary conditions contained in the underwriting agreement or other agreement entered into by the Company or any of the Guarantors pursuant to this
Section 6(c)(xi), if any. 
 (xii) prior to any public offering of Transfer Restricted Securities, cooperate
with the selling Holders, the underwriter(s), if any, and their respective counsel in connection with the registration and qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities under the state securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as the
selling Holders or underwriter(s), if any, may request and do any and all other acts or things necessary or advisable to enable the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement;
provided, however, that neither the Company nor the Guarantors shall be required to register or qualify as a foreign corporation where it is not then so qualified or to take any action that would subject it to the service of process in suits
or to taxation, other than as to matters and transactions relating to the Registration Statement, in any jurisdiction where it is not then so subject; 
 (xiii) issue, upon the request of any Holder of Initial Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement, Exchange Securities having an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal
amount of Initial Securities surrendered to the Company by such Holder in exchange therefor or being sold by such Holder; such Exchange Securities to be registered in the name of such Holder or in the name of the purchaser(s) of such Securities, as
the case may be; in return, the Initial Securities held by such Holder shall be surrendered to the Company for cancellation; 
 (xiv) cooperate with the selling Holders and the underwriter(s), if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Transfer Restricted Securities to be sold and not
bearing any restrictive legends; and enable such Transfer Restricted Securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the Holders or the underwriter(s), if any, may request at least two Business Days prior to any sale of
Transfer Restricted Securities made by such Holders or underwriter(s); 
 (xv) cause the Transfer Restricted
Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the seller or sellers thereof or the underwriter(s), if any, to consummate the
disposition of such Transfer Restricted Securities, subject to the proviso contained in Section 6(c)(xii) hereof; 
 (xvi) subject to the last paragraph of this Section 6(c), if any fact or event contemplated by Section 6(c)(iii)(D) hereof shall exist or have occurred, prepare a supplement or post-effective
amendment to the Registration Statement or related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of Transfer Restricted Securities, the Prospectus
will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading; 

  
 -12-

 (xvii) provide a CUSIP number for all Securities not later than the
effective date of the Registration Statement covering such Securities and provide the Trustee under the Indenture with printed certificates for such Securities which are in a form eligible for deposit with the Depository Trust Company and take all
other action necessary to ensure that all such Securities are eligible for deposit with the Depository Trust Company; 
 (xviii) cooperate and assist in any filings required to be made with FINRA and in the performance of any due diligence investigation by any underwriter (including any “qualified independent
underwriter”) that is required to be retained in accordance with the rules and regulations of FINRA; 

(xix) comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make generally available to its security
holders, as soon as practicable, a consolidated earnings statement meeting the requirements of Rule 158 (which need not be audited) for the twelve-month period (A) commencing at the end of any fiscal quarter in which Transfer Restricted
Securities are sold to underwriters in a firm commitment or best efforts Underwritten Offering or (B) if not sold to underwriters in such an offering, beginning with the first month of the Company’s first fiscal quarter commencing after
the effective date of the Registration Statement; provided that this requirement shall be deemed satisfied by the Company and the Guarantors by complying with Section 3.10 of the Indenture; and 

(xx) cause the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act not later than the effective date of the first
Registration Statement required by this Agreement, and, in connection therewith, cooperate with the Trustee and the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities to effect such changes to the Indenture as may be required for such Indenture to be so
qualified in accordance with the terms of the Trust Indenture Act; and to execute and use its best efforts to cause the Trustee to execute, all documents that may be required to effect such changes and all other forms and documents required to be
filed with the Commission to enable such Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner. 
 Each Holder agrees by acquisition
of a Transfer Restricted Security that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the existence of any fact of the kind described in Section 6(c)(iii)(D) hereof, such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Transfer Restricted
Securities pursuant to the applicable Registration Statement, for up to 90 days in each 365 day period, until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 6(c)(xvi) hereof, or until
it is advised in writing (the “Advice”) by the Company that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies of any additional or supplemental filings that are incorporated by reference in the Prospectus. If so
directed by the Company, each Holder will deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession, of the Prospectus covering such Transfer Restricted Securities that
was current at the time of receipt of such notice. In the event the Company shall give any such notice, the time period regarding the effectiveness of such Registration Statement set forth in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as applicable, shall be
extended by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice pursuant to Section 6(c)(iii)(D) hereof to and including the date when each selling Holder

  
 -13-

 
covered by such Registration Statement shall have received the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 6(c)(xvi) hereof or shall have received the Advice.

 SECTION 7. Registration Expenses. 
 (a) All expenses incident to the Company’s and the Guarantors’ performance of or compliance with this Agreement will be borne by the Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, regardless
of whether a Registration Statement becomes effective, including, without limitation: (i) all registration and filing fees and expenses (including filings made by any Initial Purchaser or Holder with FINRA); (ii) all fees and expenses of
compliance with federal securities and state securities or blue sky laws; (iii) all expenses of printing (including printing certificates for the Exchange Securities to be issued in the Exchange Offer and printing of Prospectuses), messenger
and delivery services and telephone; (iv) all fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, the Guarantors and, subject to Section 7(b) hereof, the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities; (v) all application and filing fees in
connection with listing the Exchange Securities on a securities exchange or automated quotation system pursuant to the requirements thereof; and (vi) all fees and disbursements of independent certified public accountants of the Company and the
Guarantors (including the expenses of any special audit and comfort letters required by or incident to such performance). 

Each of the Company and the Guarantors will, in any event, bear its internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and
expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expenses of any annual audit and the fees and expenses of any Person, including special experts, retained by the Company or the Guarantors. 

(b) In connection with any Registration Statement required by this Agreement (including, without limitation, the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement and the Shelf Registration Statement), the Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, will reimburse the Initial Purchasers and the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities being tendered in the Exchange Offer and/or
resold pursuant to the “Plan of Distribution” contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or registered pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, as applicable, for the reasonable fees and disbursements of not more than one
counsel, who shall be Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP or such other counsel as may be chosen by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities for whose benefit such Registration Statement is being prepared.

 SECTION 8. Indemnification. 
 (a) Indemnification of the Holders. Each of the Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, its affiliates, directors, officers and
employees, and each person, if any, who controls any Holder within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act against any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense, as incurred, to which such Holder, affiliate, director, officer,
employee or controlling person may become subject, under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state statutory law or regulation, or at common law or otherwise (including in settlement of any litigation, if such settlement is
effected with the written consent of the Company), insofar as such loss, claim, 

  
 -14-

 
damage, liability or expense (or actions in respect thereof as contemplated below) arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in
any Registration Statement or Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, with respect to a Prospectus (or any amendment or
supplement thereto) in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading or in the case of any Registration Statement (or any amendment or supplement thereto) required to be stated therein; and to reimburse each Holder and
each such affiliate, director, officer, employee or controlling person for any and all expenses (including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel chosen by the Holders) as such expenses are reasonably incurred by such Holder or such
affiliate, director, officer, employee or controlling person in connection with investigating, defending, settling, compromising or paying any such loss, claim, damage, liability, expense or action; provided, however, that the
foregoing indemnity agreement shall not apply, with respect to a Holder, to any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense to the extent, but only to the extent, arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or
omission or alleged omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Holder expressly for use in such Registration Statement or Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto). The
indemnity agreement set forth in this Section 8(a) shall be in addition to any liabilities that the Company or any Guarantor may otherwise have. 
 (b) Indemnification of the Company and the Guarantors. Each Holder agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each Guarantor, each of their respective
affiliates, directors, officers and employees and each person, if any, who controls the Company or any Guarantor within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense, as incurred, to
which the Company, any Guarantor or any such affiliate, director, officer or employee or controlling person may become subject, under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or other federal or state statutory law or regulation, or at common law or
otherwise (including in settlement of any litigation, if such settlement is effected with the written consent of such Holder), insofar as such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense (or actions in respect thereof as contemplated below) arises out
of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement or Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact
necessary in order to make the statements therein, with respect to a Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading or in the case of any Registration Statement (or
any amendment or supplement thereto) required to be stated therein, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in such Registration Statement or
Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Holder expressly for use therein; and to reimburse the Company, any Guarantor and each such affiliate,
director, officer or employee or controlling person for any and all expenses (including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) as such expenses are reasonably incurred by the Company, any Guarantor or such affiliate, director, officer or
employee or controlling person in connection with investigating, defending, settling, compromising or paying any such loss, claim, damage, liability, expense or action. The 

  
 -15-

 
indemnity agreement set forth in this Section 8(b) shall be in addition to any liabilities that each Holder may otherwise have. 

(c) Notifications and Other Indemnification Procedures. Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 8
of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against an indemnifying party under this Section 8, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof;
provided that the failure to so notify the indemnifying party will not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party under this Section 8 except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced by such
failure (through the forfeiture of substantive rights and defenses) and shall not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability that the indemnifying party may have to an indemnified party other than under this Section 8. In case any such
action is brought against any indemnified party and such indemnified party seeks or intends to seek indemnity from an indemnifying party, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate in and, to the extent that it shall elect, jointly with
all other indemnifying parties similarly notified, by written notice delivered to the indemnified party promptly after receiving the aforesaid notice from such indemnified party, to assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to
such indemnified party; provided, however, if the defendants in any such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that a conflict may arise between
the positions of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in conducting the defense of any such action or that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties which are different from or additional to those
available to the indemnifying party, the indemnified party or parties shall have the right to select separate counsel to assume such legal defenses and to otherwise participate in the defense of such action on behalf of such indemnified party or
parties. Upon receipt of notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of such indemnifying party’s election so to assume the defense of such action and approval by the indemnified party of counsel, the indemnifying party will
not be liable to such indemnified party under this Section 8 for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof unless (i) the indemnified party shall have employed
separate counsel in accordance with the proviso to the immediately preceding sentence (it being understood, however, that the indemnifying party shall not be liable for the expenses of more than one separate counsel (together with local counsel (in
each jurisdiction)), which shall be selected by the Holders, representing the indemnified parties who are parties to such action) or (ii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent
the indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice of commencement of the action, in each of which cases the fees and expenses of counsel shall be at the expense of the indemnifying party. If the indemnifying party does not assume the
defense of such action, it is understood that the indemnifying party shall not, in connection with any one such action or separate but substantially similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or
circumstances, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to one separate firm of local attorneys in each such jurisdiction) at any time for all such indemnified parties, which firms shall be
designated in writing by such Holder, if the indemnified parties under this Section 8 consist of any Holder, or by the Company, if the indemnified party under this Section 8 consists of the Company. 

  
 -16-

 (d) Settlements. The indemnifying party under this Section 8 shall not be liable
for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, which will not be unreasonably withheld, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the
indemnified party against any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense by reason of such settlement or judgment. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement, compromise or consent
to the entry of judgment in any pending or threatened action, suit or proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity was or could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such
settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such action, suit or proceeding and (ii) does not include any statements as to or
any findings of fault, culpability or failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party. 
 (e) Contribution. If
the indemnification provided for in Section 8 hereof is for any reason held to be unavailable to or otherwise insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses referred to
therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the aggregate amount paid or payable by such indemnified party, as incurred, as a result of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses referred to therein (i) in such
proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, from the Initial Placement (which in the case of the Company and the Guarantors shall be
deemed to be equal to the total gross proceeds to the Company and the Guarantors from the Initial Placement), the amount of Additional Interest which did not become payable as a result of the filing of the Registration Statement resulting in such
losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses, and such Registration Statement or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the
relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses,
claims, damages, liabilities or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among
other things, whether any such untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, or the Holders, on the
other hand, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission or inaccuracy. 
 The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses referred to in this Section 8(e) shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set
forth in Section 8(a) through 8(c) hereof, any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with investigating or defending any action or claim. The provisions set forth in Section 8(c) hereof with
respect to notice of commencement of any action shall apply if a claim for contribution is to be made under this Section 8(e); provided, however, that no additional notice shall be required with respect to any action for which
notice has been given under Section 8(c) hereof for purposes of indemnification. 

  
 -17-

 The Company, the Guarantors and each Holder agree that it would not be just and equitable if
contribution pursuant to this Section 8(e) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations
referred to in this Section 8(e). 
 Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 8(e), no Holder (and its related
indemnified Holders) shall be required to contribute, in the aggregate, any amount in excess of the amount by which the total discount received by such Holder with respect to the Initial Securities exceeds the amount of any damages which such Holder
has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11 of the Securities Act) shall be entitled
to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Holders’ obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 8(c) are several in proportion to the respective principal amount of Initial
Securities held by each of the Holders hereunder and not joint. For purposes of this Section 8(e), each affiliate, director, officer and employee of a Holder and each person, if any, who controls a Holder within the meaning of the Securities
Act and the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as such Holder, and each affiliate, director, officer or employee of the Company or any Guarantor, and each person, if any, who controls the Company or any Guarantor with the
meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company and the Guarantors. 
 SECTION 9. Rule 144A. Each of the Company and the Guarantors hereby agrees with each Holder, for so long as any Transfer Restricted Securities remain outstanding, to make available to any
Holder or beneficial owner of Transfer Restricted Securities in connection with any sale thereof and any prospective purchaser of such Transfer Restricted Securities from such Holder or beneficial owner, the information required by Rule 144A(d)(4)
under the Securities Act in order to permit resales of such Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act. 
 SECTION 10. Participation in Underwritten Registrations. No Holder may participate in any Underwritten Registration hereunder unless such Holder (a) agrees to sell such Holder’s
Transfer Restricted Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (b) completes and executes all reasonable questionnaires, powers of attorney,
indemnities, underwriting agreements, lock-up letters and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements. 
 SECTION 11. Selection of Underwriters. The Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement who desire to do so may sell such Transfer Restricted
Securities in an Underwritten Offering. In any such Underwritten Offering, the investment banker(s) and managing underwriter(s) that will administer such offering will be selected by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
Transfer Restricted Securities included in such offering; provided, however, that such investment banker(s) and managing underwriter(s) must be reasonably satisfactory to the Company. 

SECTION 12. Miscellaneous. 

  
 -18-

 (a) Remedies. Each of the Company and the Guarantors hereby agrees that monetary
damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach by it of the provisions of this Agreement and hereby agree to waive the defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate.

 (b) No Inconsistent Agreements. Each of the Company and the Guarantors will not on or after the date of this Agreement
enter into any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof. The rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way
conflict with and are not inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of the Company’s or any of the Guarantors’ securities under any agreement in effect on the date hereof. 

(c) Adjustments Affecting the Securities. The Company will not take any action, or permit any change to occur, with respect to the
Securities that would materially and adversely affect the ability of the Holders to Consummate any Exchange Offer. 
 (d)
Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to or departures from the provisions hereof may not be given unless the Company has (i) in the case of
Section 5 hereof and this Section 12(d)(i), obtained the written consent of Holders of all outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities and (ii) in the case of all other provisions hereof, obtained the written consent of Holders of a
majority of the outstanding principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities (excluding any Transfer Restricted Securities held by the Company or its Affiliates). Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to departure from the provisions
hereof that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders whose securities are being tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer and that does not affect directly or indirectly the rights of other Holders whose securities are not being tendered pursuant
to such Exchange Offer may be given by the Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities being tendered or registered; provided, however, that, with respect to any matter that directly or
indirectly affects the rights of any Initial Purchaser hereunder, the Company shall obtain the written consent of each such Initial Purchaser with respect to which such amendment, qualification, supplement, waiver, consent or departure is to be
effective. 
 (e) Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in
writing by hand-delivery, first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telex, telecopier, or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery: 

(i) if to a Holder, at the address set forth on the records of the Registrar under the Indenture, with a copy to the
Registrar under the Indenture; and 
 (ii) if to the Company: 

RadioShack Corporation 
 Mail Stop CF3-201 
 300 RadioShack Circle 

Fort Worth, Texas 

  
 -19-

 
Facsimile: (817) 415-6593 
 Attention: Legal Department 

With a copy to: 
 Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP 
 425 Lexington Avenue 

New York, New York 10017 
 Facsimile: (212) 455-2502 
 Attention: Lesley Peng 

All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five
Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when answered back, if telexed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the next Business Day, if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight
delivery. 
 Copies of all such notices, demands or other communications shall be concurrently delivered by the Person giving
the same to the Trustee at the address specified in the Indenture. 
 (f) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall
inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties, including, without limitation, and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities; provided,
however, that this Agreement shall not inure to the benefit of or be binding upon a successor or assign of a Holder unless and to the extent such successor or assign acquired Transfer Restricted Securities from such Holder. 

(g) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts,
each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. 
 (h) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof. 

(i) Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 (j) Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in
any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

 (k) Entire Agreement. This Agreement is intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement and intended
to be a complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and 

  
 -20-

 
understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein. There are no restrictions, promises, warranties or undertakings, other than those set forth or referred to
herein with respect to the registration rights granted by the Company with respect to the Transfer Restricted Securities. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter.

  
 -21-

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written
above. 
  

					
	RadioShack Corporation
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Mark Barfield

		 	Name:	 	Mark Barfield
		 	Title:	 	Vice President and Treasurer

  

					
	Guarantors:
	
	Atlantic Retail Ventures, Inc.
	ITC Services, Inc.
	RadioShack Customer Service LLC
	RadioShack Global Sourcing Corporation
	RadioShack Global Sourcing, Inc.
	RS Ig Holdings Incorporated
	SCK, Inc.
	Tandy Finance Corporation
	Tandy Holdings, Inc.
	Tandy International Corporation

					
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Mark Barfield

		 	Name:	 	Mark Barfield
		 	Title:	 	Vice President and Treasurer

  

					
	Ignition L.P.
	 RadioShack Global Sourcing Limited Partnership

	TE Electronics LP
		
	By:	 	RadioShack Corporation, its general partner
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Mark Barfield

		 	Name:	 	Mark Barfield
		 	Title:	 	Vice President and Treasurer

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement] 

 
					
	Merchandising Support Services, Inc.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Martin Moad

		 	Name:	 	Martin Moad
		 	Title:	 	President
	
	RSIgnite, LLC
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Martin Moad

		 	Name:	 	Martin Moad
		 	Title:	 	Manager
	
	TRS Quality, Inc.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Joel Tiede

		 	Name:	 	Joel Tiede
		 	Title:	 	President

 [Signature Page to
Registration Rights Agreement] 

 The foregoing Registration Rights Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted as of the date
first above written: 
  

			
	MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH
INCORPORATED
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Dan Kelly

		 	Name: Dan Kelly
		 	Title: Managing Director
	
	GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Goldman, Sachs & Co.

		 	(Goldman, Sachs & Co.)
	
	J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Peter B. Hooker

		 	Name: Peter B. Hooker
		 	Title: Managing Director
	
	WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Andrew D. Cox

		 	Name: Andrew D. Cox
		 	Title: Managing Director

 [Signature
Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00188-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00188-of-00352.parquet"}]]